History

A Brief History of the Philosophy of Mind

~ DC ~ Leave a comment

 

Part I

The Classical World

Plato observes that philosophy begins in wonder.  Science also begins in wonder, and all sciences, including psychology, were originally part of philosophy.  The early Greek philosophers were really philosopher-scientists who wondered about the essential nature of the universe.  Gradually, over the centuries, each science, beginning with astronomy, separated itself from philosophy to become an independent science.  Psychology remained within the fold of philosophy until the nineteenth century.  The first scientific psychologists, such as Wundt, Kulpe, and James, were also philosophers, often using their philosophical positions to support their psychological research and vice versa.

The first philosophical inquiries into the world were physical.  Philosophers from Thales to Democritus wanted to know what the universe was like, what were its basic constituents and its laws.  They laid the foundation for modern natural science: indeed, remarkable parallels exist between ancient Greek atomism and modern physics.  As psychology is a science, it owes a debt to these thinkers who started science.

The nature of philosophy changed, however, in the second half of the fifth century B.C. Philosophers stopped asking the questions of physics and began asking the questions of psychology.  The primary physical question is: what is the universe that people can know it?  The primary psychological question is: what is a person that he or she can know the universe?  No longer did philosophers seek to know the fundamental characteristic or matter, seeking instead to understand knowledge itself.  What is knowledge?  How do we acquire knowledge?  What is knowledge about?  This field of philosophy is called epistemology, from the Greek words episteme, knowledge, and logos, account or discourse.  Epistemology is naturally related to psychology, for it is people who know and people who learn.  Plato made epistemology the central concern of philosophy for two millennia.  Psychology, at least as it was founded, is trying to wed science to epistemology, to give scientific answers to philosophical questions.  The important psychological issues were originally philosophical, and so it is impossible to understand psychology historically without knowing about philosophy, especially epistemology.

We must not forget, however, that psychology wedded science to philosophy.  The first psychologists were philosophers; they were also physiologists.  Human beings as thinking, knowing creatures cannot be considered apart from humans as biological organisms.  Humanity knows, but humanity’s knowledge is the outcome of physiological sensation and central cortical processes.  Psychologists from the beginning have been aware of that, and so we cannot understand psychology without knowing about biology.  However, more space is given here to philosophy because with the exception of evolution – which has been of supreme importance in shaping twentieth century psychology – the important concepts, issues, and questions of psychology have come from philosophers, not from biologists.

The pre-Socratics

The Greeks had no word corresponding to “personality,” but they did have names for what we would call different components of personality.  First, there was psyche, the “breath of life” from which “psychology” derives, that leaves a person at death; we may interpret psyche as the vital principle of life that separates the organic from the inorganic.  Another part of personality was thymos, which seems to mean a motivational principle underlying both action and feeling.  Our own word (e)motion also expresses the idea that behavior must result from motivational arousal.  Finally, there was nous, the psychological organ for the clear perception of truth.

It is difficult for people to accept criticism of their ideas or to reflect critically on them.  Consequently, many systems of though are closed, that is, they do not criticize themselves against criticism.  We often find closed systems of thought in religion, for believers adhere to some great revealed Truth beyond human criticism; critics are called heretics and are often persecuted.  Political systems, too, may be closed.  The ancient Greek philosophers were the first thinkers to progress by employing criticism.  There, beginning with Thales of Miletus (flourished 585 B.C.E.), a tradition of systematic criticism whose aim was the improvement of ideas, came into being.  As the philosopher Karl Popper wrote (1965): “Thales was the first teacher who said to his pupils: “This is how I see things – how I believe that things are.  Try to improve upon my teaching.'”  Thales did not teach his ideas as a received Truth to be conserved, but as a set of hypotheses to be improved.   Thales and those who followed him sought change.  They knew that ideas are rarely right, that only by making errors and then correcting them can we progress.  Dogma enshrines error in concrete and makes progress impossible.  The critical attitude is fundamental to both philosophy and science, but it requires overcoming intellectual laziness and the natural feeling of hostility towards critics.  Founding a critical tradition was the major achievement of the Greek inventors of philosophy

The specific problem Thales addressed was the nature of reality.  (metaphysics)  Besides inaugurating a critical tradition, then, Thales also began a line of physical investigation.  In doing so he moved away from religious or spiritual interpretations of the universe toward naturalistic explanations of how things are constituted and how they work.  Thus Thales asserted that the world is within human understanding, for it is made up of ordinary matter and does not reflect the capricious whims of gods.  Thales proposed that although the world appears to be made up of many different substances (wood, stone, air, smoke, and so forth), there is in reality only one element – water – which takes on many forms.  Thales propose, the essential constituent of all things.  The name for the single element out of which all things are made was physis, and so those who followed Thales in searching for some such universal element were called physicists.  Modern physics continue the search, asserting that all the substances of common experience are really composed of a few elementary particles.

Anaximander of Miletus (flourished 560 B.C.E.) who accepted the concept of a physis but criticized Thales’ hypothesis that it was water.  He proposed the existence of an element that was not any recognizable element, being instead something less definite that could take on many forms.  He called his proposed physis the aperion, best translated as “the Indefinite.”  In turn Anaximander was challenged by his student Anaximenes of Miletus (flourished 546 B.C.E.) who proposed that the physis was air.  Anaximander also deserves notice for his shrewd observation on theories of evolution.

Xenophanes of Colophon (flourished 530 B.C.E.) broadened the critical and naturalistic traditions by his open assault on Greek religion.  Xenophanes maintained that the Olympian gods were simply anthropomorphic constructions, behaving just like human beings, even lying, stealing, murdering, and philandering.  Xenophanes argued that if animals had gods they too would make them in their own images, inventing lion gods, cat gods, dog gods, and so on.  Xenophanes’ critique is the beginning of the ancient struggle between scientific naturalism and religion that reached its greatest crisis when Darwin proposed the theory of evolution in the nineteenth century.

More directly influential on later philosophers, especially Plato, was Pythagoras of Samos (flourished 530 B.C.E.).  Pythagoras was an enigmatic figure, both a great mathematician and a religious leader.  He is most famous for the Pythagorean theorem, and he also formulated the first mathematical law of physics, expressing the harmonic rations of vibrating strings of different lengths.  Mathematics, however, was more than just a tool of science for Pythagoras.  It was also a magical key to the cosmos.  Pythagoras founded a secret religious sect devoted to numbers which believed: “Everything that can be known has a number; for it is impossible to grasp anything with the mind…..without this [number]” (Freeman, 1971).  In psychology, Pythagoras drew a sharp distinction between soul and body.  Not only could the soul exist without the body, but, going further, the Pythagorean’s considered the body a corrupting prison in which the soul was trapped.  Plato was greatly influenced by the Pythagorean’s.  He too viewed the soul as a pure knowing entity thrust into a corrupting body.  His theory of knowledge held that sense perception, depending as it does on the corrupt body, is inherently untrustworthy.  Instead, the soul’s reason should seek abstract knowledge of mathematical purity.  Finally we come to Alcmaeon of Croton (flourished 500 B.C.E.), because he foreshadows the founding of psychology.  Alcmaeon was a physician who practiced the first dissections.  He dissected the eye and traced the optic nerve to the brain.  Unlike later thinkers, such as Empedocles and Aristotle, Alcmaeon correctly believed that sensation and thought occur in the brain.  Alcmaeon’s work hints at the founding of psychology, the attempt to answer philosophical questions about reason by using scientific methods borrowed from physiology.  In most founding psychologists, including Wilhelm Wundt, Sigmund Freud, and William James, we will find the figure of Alcmaeon, the physician turned empirical philosopher.

Being and Becoming:

Heraclitus of Ephesus (flourished 500 B.C.E.) asserted that the universe was in constant state of flux.  His most famous aphorism was that no one ever steps in the same river twice.  Nevertheless, Heraclitus also believed that although change is the only constant, it is lawful and not capricious.  Regulating change is a dynamic universal harmony that keeps things in an equilibrium of balanced forces.  Thus what truth philosophy and science may meet will be truth about change and not about static things.  The philosophy of being was first stated by Parmenides (flourished 475 B.C.E.).  Parmenides sharply distinguished a Way of Seeming (appearances) from a Way of Truth (reality).  Since, for Parmenides, Truth was eternal and unchanging, the philosopher concluded that change is an illusion based on our faulty senses.  In reality there is no change.  This changeless reality had to be grasped by reason and logic, and Parmenides was the first philosopher to present his arguments as logical deductions from intuitively plausible premises.  Parmenides is thus the founder of rationalism.

Empedocles of Acragas (flourished 450 B.C.E.), who may be regarded as the founder of empiricism.  Building on the ideas of Alcmaeon, Empedocles tried to develop a theory of perception that would justify our common sense reliance on our senses.  Empedocles stated that objects emit ‘effluences’ that are sense-modality specific copies of themselves.  Today we know that smell works this way; our noses respond to certain molecules given off by some things.  Empedocles thought this true of all kinds of perception.

Empedocles’ views are characteristically empiricist, claiming that we know reality by observing it, specifically by internalizing copies of objects.  Thought can create nothing new, being able only to rearrange the atoms of experience.  And Empedocles’ conclusions show why empiricists have generally contributed more to psychology than rationalists have.  The empiricist must show how the senses work in order to justify our using them in seeking the truth.  This necessarily requires developing psychological theories of sense-functioning.  The rationalist, on the other hand, simply denies the validity of sensory information, and so can ignore problems of empirical psychology as philosophically irrelevant.

The last classical philosophers to be concerned primarily with the nature of physical reality were Leucippus of Miletus (flourished 430 B.C.E.) and his better known student, Democritus of Abdera (flourished 420 B.C.E.).  After them, philosophers turned to questions about human knowledge, morality, and happiness.  As the name of their school implies, the atomists’ proposed an idea that has proven immensely fruitful in physics: that all objects are composed of infinitesimally small atoms.

Atomism can be metaphorically extended to psychology, where it has proved to be the most durable of psychological assumptions.  Psychological atomism says that complex ideas such as “cathedral” or “psychology” can be analyzed as collections of simpler ideas, or even of sensations, that have been associated together.  This assumption has been an integral part of empiricist theories of the mind and it still, in some form, underlies all psychological systems except Gestalt psychology.  The atomists pushed their hypothesis to its limit.  They supported materialism, determinism, and reductionism.  A favorite motto of Democritus was that only “atoms and [the] Void exist in reality.”  There is no God and no soul, only material atoms in empty space.  If only atoms exist, then free will must be an illusion.  Leucippus said, “Nothing happen at random; everything happen out of reason and by necessity.”  The soul and free will are illusions that can be reduced to the mechanical functioning of our physical bodies.  Democritus wrote, “We know nothing accurately in reality, but only as it changes according to the bodily condition and the constitution of those things that impinge upon [the body]” (Freeman, 1971).

Like Empedocles, Democritus proposed a materialistic account of perception and thinking.  Indeed, Democritus’ theory is only a modification of that of Empedocles.  Democritus did see the fatal flaw in his theory of sense perception in that we have no way of knowing if our sense perceptions are accurate of truly knowing objects and knowledge.  We sill latter see how this problem became a sticking-point for the eighteenth century empiricists, Locke, Berkeley, and Hume.    It also has a moral pitfall in that it reduces an ethical doctrine down to materialistic reductionism which equates leading a life of hedonism and living a life in the pursuit of pleasure and reduction of pain.  This later troubled the eighteenth century ethical philosophers deeply as well.

Philosophy’s shift of focus from the nature of physical reality to the nature of man was expressed most forcefully by the Sophists.  Their famous motto was enunciated by the greatest Sophism Protagoras (approximately 490-420 B.C.E.): “Of all things the measure is man, of things that are that they are, and of things that are not that they are not” (Sprague, 1972).  The center of concern became man and his needs and not the physical world or the gods.  Protagoras’ motto reflects a humanistic relativism: man is the measure of all things.  this aphorism has a range of meanings.  The narrowest interpretation says that one is the best judge of one’s own experience.  Tow people may enter the same room, yet one may experience the room as warm, the other cool, if the former has been out in a blizzard and the latter downstairs stoking the furnace.  Neither perception is incorrect; each is true for its perceiver.  Generalizing this perceptual relativism brings us to a broader meaning of Protagoras’ idea: cultural relativism.  The Sophists tended to be materialists like Democritus, considering pleasure and pain to be the only guide to conduct.  Pleasure and pain are individual sensory experiences, so it follow that ethically each person is the only judge of what is right for her or him.  Any attempt to lay down general rules of conduct is necessarily arbitrary, for the law-giver knows only his or her own pleasures and pains.  Nevertheless, the Sophists recognized that law was necessary for the survival of human communities and accepted a cultural relativism by which any person living in one culture had to live by the rules of that culture but should not attempt to impose that culture’s rules on people from other cultures.

Finally, at its greatest level of generality, “man is the measure of all things” is a statement about the universe.  There is no permanent, enduring Truth, no divinely sanctioned law, no eternal trans-human code of values.  The measure of things in not God or abstract, scientific truth, but human beings, their needs, and their search for happiness  This view is central to humanism and offers a philosophy of becoming quite different from that of Heraclitus.  Like Democritus’ hedonism, the Sophists’ humanistic relativism is offensive to those who see in it a recipe for moral anarchy and a denial of enduring Truth.  In dialogue after dialogue, Plato’s Socrates defeats the Sophists, who appear as characters in many of Plato’s dialogues.  Out of Plato’s attempt to refute relativism came a powerful philosophy of being, classical rationalism.

Plato Silanion Musei Capitolini MC1377.jpg
Plato (428 – 348 B.C.E.)

Plato divided the soul into a tripartite model.  First there is the immortal, rational soul, located in the head.  The other two parts are mortal.  The spirited or courageous soul, oriented to winning honor and glory, is located in the chest, and the passionate or appetite soul, concerned with bodily pleasure, in the belly.  The rational soul is akin to the Forms and to knowledge’ the perishable (mortal) souls are tied to the body and hence are only capable of opinion.  It is the duty of the rational soul to control the desires of the other two, as a charioteer controls two horses.  The passionate soul was viewed by Plato as particularly troublesome and requiring great restraint by reason.  Centuries later, we find a similar idea in Freud who also stressed the “primacy of reason” over instinctual drives.  Plato was clearly a mind-body dualist who said that a person is defined by his rational mind, the body being a disturbing tomb in which the soul finds itself incarnated and which it operates like a puppet.

Motivation:

As might be expected, Plato, especially in his early and middle works, takes a dim view of pleasure.  Seeking pleasure and avoiding pain, man’s obvious drives, are things of the body that serve only to debase the rational mind and hinder its contemplation of the Good.  All forms of sensation, including pleasure, were seen as unavoidable evils.  In his later writings, however, Plato modified this extreme view.  Some pleasures, such as the aesthetic joy found in beauty, he now considers healthy and he rejects the purely intellectual life as too limited.  His view of motivation becomes Freudian:  We have within us a stream of passionate desire which can be channeled to any of the three parts of the soul, into the pursuit of physical pleasure, honor, or philosophical knowledge and virtue.  Our drives can motivate either the pursuit of transitory pleasure or the philosophical ascent to the world of the Forms.

Physiology and Perception:

Plato’s physiology is quaint to our ears.  He said, for instance, that the function of the liver was to display images sent by the rational soul to the passionate soul; these images were later erased by the pancreas.  Since Plato distrusted perception, he said little about the empirical science  of physiology.  He often just records traditional Greek views.  Of vision, for example, he said that we see because our eyes throw out visual rays which strike objects in our line of sight.  This idea persists in modern language in such phrases as “he threw her a glance,” and this theory dominated optical thinking for centuries after Plato.

Learning:

Plato was the first great nativist, for he believed that all human knowledge is innate, that is, present at birth.  In his more extreme moments, Plato believed that this knowledge can be revived only through dialectic and contemplation, giving no role to sense perception.  Elsewhere, however, Plato proposes an account of learning – his theory of recollection – that resemble certain modern theories, for example, Noam Chomsky’s nativist account of language acquisition.  Perceived objects, of course, resemble the Forms they partake of, and the resemblance, especially if aided by teaching, can stimulate our rational soul to remember what the Forms are like.  Put in modern terms, perceptual input arouses and develops innate cognitive mechanisms.  At the same time, Plato provides the basis for the doctrine of associationism, later a fundamental part of empiricist philosophy.  Sensible objects remind us of the Forms either because they are similar to the Forms, or because the two objects of ideas have been frequently associated in our experience.  These are the two of the fundamental laws of association – resemblance and contiguity – central to many later psychological systems.

Development and Education:

Plato believed in reincarnation.  At death the rational soul is separated from the body and attains a vision of the Forms.  Then, depending on the degree of virtue present in one’s previous life, one is reincarnated somewhere on the phylogenetic scale.  When the soul is thrust into a new body full of animal sensations and desires, it becomes completely confused and must adapt.  This confusion explains why knowledge of the Forms is not present in infants.  It is the purpose of education to help the rational soul gain control of the body and of the other parts of the soul.  Education has three phases.  First, infants must be soothed and rocked to master their inner chaos.  Then elementary education in gymnastics, rhetoric, and geometry gives the child mastery of the external world.  Finally, for those who are capable, higher education is philosophy leads one to knowledge of the Forms.  This education is especially rigorous and exacting and was meant to produce the rulers of society.  Plato’s psychology is fragmentary and incomplete.  The first systematic psychology was worked out by his student Aristotle, who had a higher regard for perception and empirical science than had his teacher.

Aristotle Altemps Inv8575.jpg
Aristotle (384 – 322 B.C.E.)

Aristotle was the first professor.  Plato wrote dramatic dialogues in which Socrates’ flashes of insight illuminated philosophical and moral problems.  Aristotle wrote prosaic treatises.  He was the first to systematically “review the literature” of earlier thinkers.  Instead of being led by intuitive insight, he was guided by order, method, and the syllogistic logic he invented.  Plato’s rationalism forced him to adopt fantastic ideas, such as the Forms, which do violence to common sense.  But Aristotle’s careful, empirical attitude never strayed far from common sense, and his errors were usually simple and factual, such as his belief that the heart was the seat of the soul, which includes the mind.  Plato created a magical world of disembodied Forms and mysterious forces of participation.  Aristotle’s world was one founded on common sense, in which heavy objects fall faster than light ones.

Soul:

The soul is the form(or formal cause), essence, and actuality of the person.  The soul is what defines an animal – a cat is a cat because it has a cat’s soul and behaves like a cat.  A human being is human by virtue of possessing a human soul and hence acts human.  The soul is thus the essence of the animal.  Finally, it is the actuality of a body which potentially has life.  Without soul a body is dead; with soul there is life.  The potential for life in a creature, therefore, is actualized by the soul.  In addition, the soul is the efficient cause of bodily movement, for it causes movement to happen.  It is also the final cause, for the body serves the soul.  To summarize, of any animal the material cause is the body of which the animal is made, while the soul is efficient cause of motion, formal cause that defines the animal’s essence, and final cause, the purpose of the body.  ~~ see Aristotelian Four Causes

What is the relation of soul and body?  Aristotle, a biologist, took a naturalistic view of the mind-body problem.  The soul, with the exception of one part, is inseparable from the body.  His view resembles what is today called the dual aspect position: there is only one material reality, body, but it has two aspects, physiological and mental.  see Dual-Aspect approach to the mind-body problem  Soul is the form of body and can no more be separated from its material embodiment than the form of the Venus de Milo can be separated from the marble it is made of, although we can discuss them separately, considering either the marble or the shape alone.  Aristotle put it this way in De Anima: “That is why we can wholly dismiss as unnecessary the question whether the soul and the body are one: it is as meaningless to ask whether the wax and the shape given to it by the stamp are one…..”  see Aristotle De Anima / On the Soul

Aristotle was not a dualist.  He rejected Plato’s dualism and would have rejected Cartesian Dualism.  He is not a materialist reductionist, however.  Soul cannot be reduced to body, even though there is only one matter, for we can separately discuss physiological and psychological functioning.

Structure of the Rational, Human Soul:

According to Aristotle, gaining knowledge is a psychological process that starts with the perception of particulars and ends with general knowledge of universals.  Aristotle is in a sense the first information processing psychologist: we receive information from the senses, process and store this information, and act on it to yield knowledge, solve problems, and make decisions.  Aristotle’s analysis of the soul can be represented by an information processing flow-chart

 

 

Part II

The Middle Ages (476 – 1453 A.D. )

The middle ages was the crucible in which our modern world was formed; the Renaissance was the first self-consciously modern period.  The medieval period saw the beginning of constitutional democracy, romantic love, individualism, and experimental science.  During the Renaissance learning and scholarship left the confines of the Church to become again the property of lay society concerned with humanity’s nature and needs rather than God’s.  Although tradition sets the date of the end of Classical civilization at A.D. 476, something like the medieval way of life began during the Roman Empire in the late third and fourth centuries.  Because of an economic decline, small farmers became legally tied to the land, a state which evolved into serfdom.  As the control of Rome over her provinces loosened, local autonomous leadership grew which led to feudalism.  The breakdown of the Roman world was evident as barter economy began to replace the money economy of the Empire, communication broke down, the Imperial army became more and more a mercenary army of barbarians rather than a voluntary army of Roman citizens, populations declined, and the Eastern Empire with its own Emperor and capital at Constantinople leached treasure and resources from the European, or Western Empire to preserve its own superior way of life.

The crises were compounded by an extraordinary movement of barbarians into the empire.  Early settlers had often come peacefully into the Empire, but later invasions were bloody and destructive.  Rome itself was sacked in Augustine’s time; the Emperor Romulus Augustulus who fell in 476 was himself only a barbarian usurper.  The movement of northern peoples from Goths to Vikings, which finally tore the Empire asunder, continued to almost A.D. 1000.

This extended period of transition from classic to medieval times, from before 475 to about 1000, is sometimes still called the Dark Ages, but is better called the Early Middle Ages.  Although creative thinking declined, there were periods of intellectual development, most notably the Carolingian Renaissance under Charlemagne (768 – 814, not to be confused with the Italian Renaissance of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries).

St. Augustine (354 – 430)

Augustine ((354-430) was the last great classical philosopher; he was also the first great Christian philosopher.  Augustine wanted only to know God and the soul, and used faith to justify belief.  Medieval humanity turned away from the observable world, full of pain and turmoil, and concentrated on heaven and the soul both of which could be known through introspection.

The Middle Ages sought a grand synthesis of all knowledge.  Since all knowledge was of God, the soul, and the spiritual world, it was believed that knowledge, tradition, and faith could be synthesized into a single grand authoritative picture of the universe.  The summit of such efforts was the Summa Theologica of St. Thomas Aquinas (1225 – 1274).  This belief, too, broke down after 1300.

For a detailed examination of how the bible crosses the holly lands into Islam going through the translations from Hebrew into Greek into Arabic before being translated into Latin, see the Gnostic Quill article on the history of the bible.  The History of the Bible

The High Middle Ages saw an intellectual renaissance as the works of Aristotle and his Muslim commentator, such as Avicenna (Ibn-Sina) (c. 980—1037), and other Greek works poured into the West through Spain, Sicily, and Constantinople.  Aristotle’s philosophy was naturalistic and as such was restricted by the reigning, mystical Augustinian  establishment of the time.  Aristotle brought a fresh, nonreligious approach to knowledge and humanity, an approach that was reconciled with Christian faith only with difficulty.  Thomas Aquinas, who synthesized faith in God’s work and reason as found in Aristotle’s philosophy, only narrowly escaped the charge of heresy.  The union of Christ and Aristotle, impressive though it was, was relatively sterile.  The future belonged to those who, like William of Ockham, divorced faith from reason and pursued only the latter.

St. Thomas Aquinas (1225 – 1275)

St. Thomas Aquinas adopted Aristotle’s system and showed that it was not incompatible with Christianity.  In doing so he stood Aristotle on his head.  Where Aristotle stays close to nature and is silent on God, Aquinas reorients everything to depend on and reveal Him.  To reconcile philosophy and theology, Aquinas distinguished sharply between them, limiting a person’s reason to knowledge of the world of nature.  Aquinas thus accepts Aristotle’s empiricism and the consequence that reason can know only the world, not Bod.  God can be known only indirectly, from His work in the world.  This is an important moment in the evolution of Western thought.  Aquinas is saying that philosophy and religion are separate, that while they are not incompatible, they do not connect.  This division finally destroyed the medieval synthesis Aquinas worked so hard to achieve.  However, Aquinas’ philosophy and theology are, in practice, if not in theory, intertwined; reason and revelation do make contact.  But later thinkers pursued his division of reason and faith to its logical conclusion and destroyed theological metaphysics while giving birth to science.

Science has displaced religion as the centerpiece of intellectuals of the modern world.  Scientific knowledge is taken as the model for all knowledge.  In the climate of persecution by the Church, their began a separation in the domains of faith and reason.  Only by asserting that the two were separate, that one did not bear on the other, could naturalism be defended as innocuous to Christianity.  It was a move that failed in Islam, where philosophy and science were stamped out after promising starts.  Europe, however, with its many nations and kings, was too heterogeneous to succumb to dogmatic repression.

William of Ockham (1290 – 1349)

William of Ockham whose contribution was to open up for psychological analysis what had previously been reserved to metaphysics.  Medieval philosopher confused psychology and ontology, the study of the nature of being or existence.  As did Plato, most medieval thinkers believed that there must be something real corresponding to each mental concept.  For Plato they were the Forms; for Aristotle they were real essences; for medievalist’s they were Ideas in the mind of God.  For the Greeks and medievals, the only real knowledge was knowledge of universals; indeed, it was asserted that the rational soul, or intellect, had knowledge only of universals, not of particular things.  Following Aristotle, they held that the only certain knowledge was what could be deduced from universal propositions.  This attitude existed even in Aquinas.  Although he described the process of abstraction as the way to universal knowledge, and although he held that the intellect knows only what is derived from the senses, he still maintained that the abstracted essences were metaphysically true, that they corresponded to hold Ideas.

Ockham changed all this by substituting psychology for metaphysics.  He asserted that all knowledge begins with “intuitive cognition,” which is direct, infallible acquaintance with some object in the world.  The intellect is not restricted to knowing only abstract images; what it knows first is objects and their qualities.  Intuitive cognition does not yield mere opinion, as Plato held, but yields knowledge of what is true and false.  From such knowledge it may go on to “abstractive cognition” of universals.  But these universals exist only as mental concepts, having no existence outside the mind.  These abstract concepts may be either true or false; for example, one may form the concept of a unicorn, which does not exist.  Abstractive cognition is thus wholly hypothetical.  The touchstone of reality and truth is intuitive cognition.  Ockham discarded the metaphysical problem that bedeviled Plato, Aristotle, and the medievals, namely how can each individual participate in a transcendent essence or form, and substituted the psychological question, how do we form universal concepts given that we have certain knowledge only of individuals?  His answer was that the mind notes similarities among objects, and, based on the similarities, it classifies objects.  Thus, universals are logical terms that apply to some objects and not others an which indicate relations among objects.  For Ockham, universals are a psychological problem rather than an ontological one.

Ockham’s analysis of knowledge successfully separated Reason and Revelation.  But precisely because revelation was not something known by Reason, minds turned to study the natural world, and religion became less and less important to European intellectuals, until, by the Age of Enlightenment, Revelation was openly rejected and deism or atheism adopted.  The immediate result of Ockham’s Ideas in the fourteenth century was an increased interest in science.

We can trace the modern scientific attitude back to Robert Grosseteste (1168 – 1253) and Roger Bacon (1214 – 1292), both English Franciscans like William of Ockham.  Grosseteste and Bacon both conducted experiments in optics because of their Platonic-Augustinian belief in the primacy of light among the world’s elements.  Both also stressed the role of mathematics in reaching an understanding of nature.  This belief is most important, for mathematization has been the touchstone of science from Galileo through Newton to Einstein.  Immanual Kant was to deny psychology scientific status partly because he believed the mind could not be studied mathematically.

 

Part III

Enlightenment

The two centuries after 1600 were literally revolutionary.  The period begins with the Scientific Revolution of the seventeenth century and closes with political revolutions in colonial America and monarchical France.  The scientific and philosophical revolutions laid the basis for the political.  In broad historical terms these centuries witnessed the crystallization of the Western world we know today.  From 1600 – 1700 sees the establishment of modern science and the reconstruction of philosophy on new (yet familiar) lines.  From 1700 – 1800 the era of Enlightenment see the principles of science and reason applied to human affairs, including the study of human mind and behavior.

The scientific revolution may have said to begin in 1453 with the publication of Nicholas Copernicus’ Revolution of the Heavenly Orbs which proposed that the sun, not the earth, was the center of the solar system.

René Descartes (1596 – 1650)

René Descartes was a Renaissance man.  In three areas his influence has been deep and lasting: in his reformulation of rationalism, in his mechanical concept of the world, and in his dualist concept of humans.  Descartes was a skeptic but did not accept either the skeptics’ belief in the unattainablilty of knowledge or their low estimation of human reason.  Descartes found he could doubt the existence of God, the validity of his sensations, the existence of his body , (truth from doubt).  He continued in this way until he found one thing he could not doubt, his own existence as a self-conscious, thinking being.  One cannot doubt that one  doubts, for in doing so, one realizes the very action supposedly in doubt.  Doubting is an act of thinking, and Descartes expressed his first indubitable truth as the famous “Cogito, ergo sum”: I think, therefore I am.

Descartes was not the first to prove his own existence from mental activity.  St. Augustine had said, “If I am deceived, I exist,” and Parmenides had said, “For it is the same thing to think and to be.”  So we may place Descartes in the introspective rationalist tradition: truth is primarily evident in me, in my self-consciousness, my thinking.  After Descartes,d however, introspection became the major philosophical tool of rationalist and empiricist alike.  Philosophers differed about what they found in the mind, but they all looked to it for truth.  After Descartes, therefore, philosophy became increasingly psychological, seeking to know the mind through introspection, until tin the nineteenth century psychology is founded as the scientific, rather than armchair-philosophical, study of consciousness known through introspection.

Descartes proposed a dualism of mind and body seen as quite distinct entities, one physical (the body), the other nonphysical (the mind).  These two entities interact: the mind acquires information about the material world through the senses; the desires of the body are felt in consciousness, while the mind may direct the actions of the body.  Descartes sought to account for as much of the mind as possible on materialist, mechanical terms within the sphere of science, reserving only self-consciousness at most to philosophy.  Descartes gave great impetus to the assimilation of mind to mechanical science.  In the eighteenth century we will find complete mechanistic psychologies.  Descartes if finally a paradoxical figure.  In his emphases on reason as oposed to perception, on innate ideas as opposed to experience, on absolute truth as opposed to relativism, he is a rationalist.  However, in his mechanical view of the world and the human body his psychology would ultimately support empiricism and behaviorism.

Baruch Spinoza (1632 – 1677)

Spinoza’s philosophy begins with metaphysics and ends with a radical reconstruction of human nature.  Spinoza argued that God is essentially nature.  Furthermore, nature is entirely deterministic.  Spinoza extended his deterministic analysis to human nature.  Mind is not something separate from body, but is produced by brain processes.  Mind and body are one, but may be viewed from two aspects, as physiological brain processes or as mental events-thoughts.  Spinoza did not deny that mind exist, but did see it as one aspect of a fundamentally material nature.  Thus for Spinoza mental activity is as deterministic as bodily activity.  Spinoza rejected Cartesian dualism, and so for him there is no problem of interaction.  We feel we are free, but this in only an illusion.  Spinoza’s account of responsibility thus calls for a psychological science to unravel the causes of human behavior, and bears a striking resemblance to B.F. Skinner’s.  Spinoza’s account of memory, which says that ideas experienced together become mechanically linked also resembles later conditioning theories which associate stimulus and response.

Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz (1646 – 1716)

Leibniz was a mathematician, logician, and metaphysician.  His answer to the dualistic problem of Descartes became increasingly popular over the next two centuries.  Descartes had said that mind and body interact.  However, it was unclear how spirit could act on matter and vice versa, leading to a view called occasionalism in which God saw to it that when a bodily event occurred, so did a mental event and vice versa.  Leibniz proposed an answer which has since been called mind-body (or psychophysical) parallelism.  Consciousness (mind) mirrors exactly what happens in the body, but only because of God’s pre-established harmony, not because of a causal connection.

On the other side of the English Channel modern empiricism was being founded.  In England there was a very different atmosphere, less heavy with metaphysics and more concerned with things as they are.  The empiricists are more descriptive in their approach to the mind.  Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibniz all wanted to improve the mind by propounding some method to escape error.  The empiricists were more interested in how the mind ordinarily works rather than how it ideally should work.

Thomas Hobbes (1588 – 1679)

Hobbes believed that all knowledge is ultimately rooted in sense perception.  In his work, Leviathan (1651), Hobbes wrote: “Understanding is nothing else but conception caused by speech.”  Further, he states that “Children are not endowed with reason at all, till they have attained the use of speech.”  Hobbes was the first in the long, and still living, line of British philosophers who equate right thinking with right use of language.  For psychology, this is an old and unresolved issue: whether thinking is overt or covert speech, or whether speech merely dresses up abstract concepts.  Hobbes clearly argued the former.

John Locke (1632 – 1704)

Unlike the rationalist Descartes, who sought ultimate Platonic Truth, Locke wanted to understand how the human mind actually works – the sources of its ideas, and the limitations of human knowledge.  Thus Locke’s epistemology is really a psychology, for his emphasis is on how the mind knows rather than on what it knows.  Locke thus brought the scientific spirit to philosophy, shearing off metaphysics, to say what can be empirically known about the human mind.  Locke states the empiricist principle that knowledge derives from experience alone.  He uses the famous simile for the mind of the ‘Tabula rasa’ (a Latin phrase often translated as “blank slate” ), or piece of white paper, on which experience writes ideas.

For Locke the mind was not merely an empty room to be furnished by experience, but was rather a complex information processing deice prepared to convert the materials of experience into organized human knowledge.  Direct experience provides us with simple ideas, which are then elaborated and combined by the mental machinery into complex ideas.

One can conclude that the differences between Locke the empiricist and Descartes the rationalist were primarily differences of emphasis.  Both wanted to transcend sterile scholastic philosophy; both tried to do so by examining the human mind.  Descartes was more the captive of the past, still searching with pure reason for transcendent truth.  Locke points more to the empirical future.  He recognized the limits of human knowledge and reason; indeed one reason for writing the Essay was to show what humanity could hope to know so that only fruitful questions  might be pursued.  In some ways, Locke was less empiricist than his predecessor Hobbes.  Hobbes said we think in our acquired language, that words are ideas.  Locke insisted that words are only signs of ideas.  Thus for Locke reason comes first, and then is framed in conventional words.  For Hobbes, more radically, one cannot think without acquiring language; reason come second.

Bishop George Berkeley (1685 -1753)

Like Locke and Descartes, Berkeley as a philosopher wanted to refute skepticism, while as a deeply religious man he wanted to refute the Newtonian materialism that imperiled faith in God.  He saw the problem of Locke’s view that our knowledge is about ideas ultimately rooted in sensation from a skeptic’s point of view.  Locke believed in the existence of “real” objects that exist beyond our perception and which have unobservable properties.  But the skeptic may ask, if ideas are the objects of our knowledge, if in fact what we perceive are ideas of objects, how can we be sure our ideas truly correspond to the “real” material objects?  In Berkeley’s view, Locke was helpless to refute the skeptic.

Berkeley was the problem to be Locke’s belief in matter as something apart from perception.  For example, as I am sitting here writing, I know my pen exists because I sense it.  But when I lay it down and leave the room, what grounds have I for asserting that it still exists?  All I can say is that if I went back I would see it, or if someone else looks for it, he or she will see it.  Ultimately then, I know the pen exists only because I see it.  And in fact, said Berkeley, the pen exists when it is perceived.  Berkeley’s famous motto is “Esse est Percipi”: to exist is to be perceived.  Berkeley thus refuted skepticism by an astoundingly simple assertion.  As Locke said, all we know are our ideas, but Berkeley adds that there is no permanent material reality apart from our perceptions.

David Hume (1711 – 1776)

Beginning with his A Treatise of Human Nature (1739), Hume strove to create a total naturalistic “science of man” that examined the psychological basis of human nature.  In opposition to the rationalists who preceded him, most notably René Descartes, he concluded that desire rather than reason governed human behavior.  He also argued against the existence of innate ideas, concluding that humans have knowledge only of things they directly experience.  He argued that inductive reasoning and therefore causality cannot be justified rationally.  Our assumptions in favor of these result from custom and constant conjunction rather than logic.  He concluded that humans have no actual conception of the self, only of a bundle of sensations associated with the self.

Thomas Reid (1710 – 1796)

Reid reasserted the use of common sense.  Reid found Hume’s conclusion offensive to common sense, as simply too absurd to be believed.  We all have secure knowledge of our world and never become skeptical unless prodded by abstruse philosophy.  He explicated common-sense by an analysis of the ordinary language which embodies it.  This approach is similar to that of modern ordinary-language philosophy.  Reid also anticipated two related ideas that grew out of act psychology and are later found in the Gestalt movement.  Reid said experience is not a compound of simple sensations.  Our primary experience is on complex impressions, to use Hume’s term.  Reid acknowledged that one can analyze complex impressions into simple ones, but denied that the complex ideas are formed by learned associations.  As the Gestalt psychologists would say, a triangle is composed of three lines, but we always experience it as an organized whole – the triangle.  Reid derived from this observation the conclusion that perception is always meaningful.  Concepts are mental symbols that stand for something real.  Perception is thus like language.  Complex experience cannot be reduced to atomic sensations without robbing it of something vital – its meaning.

Reid, like Hume, wanted a science of human nature conducted along Newtonian lines.  However, his extensive nativism coupled to his claim that the God-given first principles cannot be revised, puts his system outside psychology as a science.  The hypotheses of any science must be open to proof, test, and revision.  A similar criticism may be directed at Hume.  By replacing metaphysics with psychology, he made psychology into a metaphysics, a set of necessary principles underlying the other sciences.  Again, there could be no revision; Hume opened no paths for scientific investigation.  Both Reid and Hume elevated psychology to a central place among human concerns; both enunciated general principles and embodied certain attitudes that shaped psychology later; but neither was really a psychologist.  Both used psychology to pursue philosophy, their first concern.

Immanual Kant (1724 – 1804)

Kant was Hume’s empiricism as undermining certain knowledge and as threatening the absolute achievement of Newton’s physics.  As a result, Kant tried to rescue metaphysics.  He realized that the old speculative metaphysics about God and man’s spiritual substance was dead, and in fact Kant proved that it had always been an illusion.  However, Kant could not accept Hume’s merely psychological analysis of knowledge, for it only said we have a tendency to form general conclusions based on association.  Kant wanted to prove the validity of human knowledge quite apart from any empirical facts about human habit formation.  He thus reasserted the claim of philosophical metaphysics over psychology to be the foundation of the other sciences.

Kant’s answer to Hume bears a strong resemblance to Reid’s.  What we have knowledge of, in Kant’s term, is phenomena.  The objects of science, such as planets or balls rolling down inclined planes, are found in human experience.  Kant argued that experience is organized by the inherent nature of human perception and thinking.  For example, in our experience every event has a cause.  Why?  According to Hume, belief in causation is something learned, primarily by association.  But for Kant, Hume’s account undermined the absolute truth of causation; a mere habit cannot be absolutely true, as required by the Newtonian physics Kant took as his model of human knowledge.  Belief in causation therefore cannot derive from habit, but from something inherent in human thinking.  The world as we experience it, phenomena, must be such that every event has a cause, for this is the only way we can conceive the world.  Our experience will never violate causality because we are so constructed that every experienced event has a cause.  The Newtonian assumption of universal causality can never be falsified, and it is therefore absolutely and necessarily true – at least as regards phenomena.

Outside phenomena are what Kant called noumena, or things-as-they-are.  In the noumenal world there may be uncaused events, and in fact Kant assigned human moral freedom to the noumenal realm.  However, as noumena affect us to produce phenomena, all events are perceived to be caused.  Thus, according to science all behavior is caused, for science rests on phenomena; but man may very well be noumenally free – in fact must be free if moral responsibility is to have any meaning.  Kant built in many inherent principles of understanding which structure our phenomena – from time and space as preconditions of sensation to concepts of causality and existence.

What Kant tried to do, in his own words, is to carry out a “Copernican Revolution” in epistemology.  Previous empiricist philosophers assumed that humans have knowledge because objects impose themselves on understanding, which conforms itself to them.  Hume’s philosophy is the end point of this assumption.  For Hume, events in the real world are regular because of the laws of nature, and these regularities register themselves in our mind as habits.  But Hume’s view leads to at least moderate, if not total, skepticism, which Kant (like to many others) found appalling.  So, Kant decided to “revolutionize” philosophy by a new assumption – that objects conform themselves to our understanding.  We are endowed with certain qualities of perception and thinking which impose themselves on experience to create the objects of knowledge about which science makes true statements.  For the empiricist, the mind is passive in registering the qualities of objects; but for Kant the mind actively structures experience into an organized, knowable shape.  Only thus can human knowledge be rescued from skepticism.  Of course, only phenomena are rescued from skepticism; noumena may or may not be always caused or always organized in time and space.  Illusory metaphysics arises when human reason applies its inherent concepts to noumena, to which they do not apply.  Thus attempts to prove the existence of God are futile, for God is never known phenomenally, and so the empirical, if innate, concept of “existence” simply cannot apply to God.  Of course, God cannot be proved not to exist either.

From Plato to Wilhelm Wundt, the aim of psychology was epistemological: how does the human mind arrive  at general Knowledge?  Whatever particular answer was given, empiricist or rationalist, individual differences and the demands of the environment were viewed as mere nuisances.  The focus was clearly on the abstract universal mind as it sought abstract, universal truths.

 

 Part IV

 The Nineteenth Century

The Enlightenment consensus ended with the French Revolution, which was at first welcomed at the dawn of a greater Age of Reason, but later feared and hated for its Reign of Terror.  The real implications of the geometric spirit became clear, and nineteenth-century thinkers had to come to grips with naturalism.  This task was made more pressing by Darwin’s theory of evolution, which not only made man into an ape but also took all purpose and progress out of history.  The second half of the century was the founding of scientific psychology and the formulation of its three variants: the study of consciousness, of the unconscious, and of adaptation.

We have already met philosophers such as Berkeley, Hume, and Newton who are at least partially positivistic, favoring an epistemology that restricts human knowledge to what is immediately observable.  As an epistemology, positivism adopted a radical empiricism.  Metaphysical speculation and explanations of nature in terms of unobservable entities were to be abandoned.  Instead, human knowledge would confine itself to collecting and correlating facts to yield an accurate description of the world.  Out of the nineteenth century emerged the three founding forms of psychology.  Wundt founded the psychology of consciousness.  Freud found the psychology of the unconscious.  And various evolutionary psychologists founded the psychology of adaptation.

Wilhelm Maximilian Wundt (1832 – 1920)

Although Wilhelm Wundt is revered as the founder of scientific psychology, he is the most misunderstood of all psychology’s major figures.  His system is usually considered to be dualistic, atomistic, associationistic, purely introspective, and concerned only with describing the conscious contents of the normal adult mind viewed as the passive recipient of sense perception.  It was none of these things.  It is, however, often confused with E.B. Titchener’s system which had all these characteristics except dualism.  Titchener was Wundt’s student, but he made Wundt’s voluntaristic psychology into an experimental British associationism, abandoning along the way many Wundtian essentials.  This alteration is one reason for Wundt’s distorted image today.  Another reason is that his psychology was swamped in the later behaviorist movement.  Thus Wundt is remembered primarily as a ponderous old German introspectionist of no importance save as psychology’s founder.

 

 

Phrenology

 

 

1800s

  • ca. 1800 – Franz Joseph Gall developed cranioscopy, the measurement of the skull to determine psychological characteristics, which was later renamed phrenology; it is now discredited.
  • 1807 – Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel published Phenomenology of Spirit (Mind), which describes his thesis-antithesis-synthesis dialectical method, according to which knowledge pushes forwards to greater certainty, and ultimately towards knowledge of the noumenal world.
  • 1808 – Johann Christian Reil coined the term “psychiatry”.

1810s

1820s

1840s

1850s

1860s

1870s

1880s

1890s

 

Part V

Twentieth century

1900s

1910s

1920s

1930s

1940s

1950s

1960s

1970s

1980s

1990s

 

Part VI

Scientific Revolutions

Thomas S. Kuhn

The conflict between empiricist and dialectician may be resolved by the work of Thomas S. Kuhn known for his book The Structure of Scientific Revolutions.  He suggest that science has at least two levels or modes of operation: normal science proceeds empirically and incrementally by fitting observations and facts into an agreed body of theories and assumptions (on this level empiricism and positivism however one-dimensional work well); however, periodically sciences undergo revolutions in their underlying paradigms, and these move dialectically so that the new paradigm struggles with and supersedes the old.

By paradigm Kuhn means the patterns of assumption, methods and theories to which scientists make a prior commitment upon joining their professional colleagues.  Paradigms give answers to the following kinds of question.  “What are the fundamental entities of which the universe is composed?  How do these interact with each other and with the senses?  What questions may legitimately be asked about such entities and what techniques employed in seeking solutions.”  The answers supplied by professional education ‘are both rigorous and rigid’ and ‘exert a deep hold on the scientific mind’.  It is necessary when scientists say that they have ‘discovered’ something or ‘tested’ a certain proposition to remember that they are not speaking about their paradigms.  Test, discoveries, measurements, and observations all take place within the paradigm or context.  As Kuhn observes, ‘Normal science and research are strenuous a d devoted attempts to force nature into the conceptual boxes provided by professional education.’

It is no part of the aim of normal science to call forth new sorts of phenomena.  Essentially work within an accepted paradigm consists of puzzle-solving, in a manner reminiscent of jig-saws and crossword puzzles, wherein the rules of solution are given and a combination of high intelligence and convergent thinking is necessary to demonstrate the paradigm’s range and applicability.  To laymen the experiments may seem esoteric and miniscule.  Scientists rarely ask such fundamental questions as whether peace can be assured, cancer cured or crime controlled, for such issues are really within their paradigm’s scope, which accordingly ‘insulates a (scientific) community from the socially important problems that are not reducible to puzzle form’.  So habitual becomes the paradigm that the work ‘metaphysical’ is generally reserved for a priori assumptions which are not one’s own, while questions one does not with to answer are consigned to other disciplines with punishments administered to those straying from the conceptual box.

Kuhn argues from historical evidence that paradigms, unlike hypotheses, are not abandoned when they are falsified, since this would involve relinquishing whole structures of organized knowledge.  Typically, more and more anomalies accumulate until there are a distressing number of phenomena unaccounted for by the paradigm.  It is at this point that rival paradigms arise and the conflicts between them are bitter, ideological, rhetorical and political in style.  Allan Buss, a dialectical psychologist at the University of Calgary, has argued that historically psychology had been subject to cyclic revolutions, from ‘reality constructs the person’ to ‘person constructs reality’.   In applying Kuhn to psychology, Allan Buss argues that both behaviorist and Freudian paradigms assumed that ‘reality construct the person’.  For behaviorist’s, stimuli in the environment and rewards shape the person’s response; for Freudian’s irrational and unconscious forces determine a limited energy mechanism.  In contrast cognitive and humanistic psychologists have stressed that ‘the person constructs reality’ ; while ego psychologists have also stressed mastery.  Historically psychology has oscillated between these four paradigms although all four distort reality.

 

 

Existentialism emerged as a protest against the displacement of individual consciousness from the center of life’s stage by a depersonalized nature, a transcendent deity, and/or the collectivized state.  Three centuries  of rapid advance and compartmentalization of sciences, based on Newtonian mechanism, and Cartesian dualism had shattered the human image.  Rival authorities claimed to control the personality.  Existentialism is usually traced to Søren Kierkegaard the Danish philosopher of the early nineteenth century, but is also anticipated in Melville, Dostoevsky and Nietzsche.  But it took the disasters of the early twentieth century, war, depression, Stalin-ism, Fascism before total disenchantment with systems external to the individual engulfed Western cultures.  In a world where Christianity, progress and enlightenment had countenanced Auschwitz it seemed necessary to start again, with the only ideals still untarnished the personal values proclaimed by writers, prisoners and resistance fighters, evoking anguished memories of lost friends and moments of tenderness grasped in the lull between battles.  Anyone who had loved anyone for precious moments had fared better than the corporate worlds of abstractions, of bureaus and machines of absolute ideas and crude messianisms’, the churches bent on institutional survival and collaborating businesses.

So it was that existentialism came to stand for an entire range of missing elements in Western culture.  Where advanced industrialism had stressed the static, the abstract, the objective, the logically rational and unambiguous and the dispassionate universalism of systems detached from the knower, existentialists stressed the dynamic, the concrete, the inter-subjective, consensually validated experiences however ambiguous and passionate uniqueness of the engaged participant.

 

 Part VII

Concepts

Mind–body problem

The mind–body problem concerns the explanation of the relationship that exists between minds, or mental processes, and bodily states or processes.  The main aim of philosophers working in this area is to determine the nature of the mind and mental states/processes, and how—or even if—minds are affected by and can affect the body.

Our perceptual experiences depend on stimuli that arrive at our various sensory organs from the external world, and these stimuli cause changes in our mental states, ultimately causing us to feel a sensation, which may be pleasant or unpleasant. Someone’s desire for a slice of pizza, for example, will tend to cause that person to move his or her body in a specific manner and in a specific direction to obtain what he or she wants.  The question, then, is how it can be possible for conscious experiences to arise out of a lump of gray matter endowed with nothing but electrochemical properties.

A related problem is how someone’s propositional attitudes (e.g. beliefs and desires) cause that individual’s neurons to fire and his muscles to contract. These comprise some of the puzzles that have confronted epistemologists and philosophers of mind from at least the time of René Descartes.

Dualist solutions to the mind–body problem

Dualism is a set of views about the relationship between mind and matter (or body).  It begins with the claim that mental phenomena are, in some respects, non-physical.  One of the earliest known formulations of mind–body dualism was expressed in the eastern Sankhya and Yoga schools of Hindu philosophy (c. 650 BCE), which divided the world into purusha (mind/spirit) and prakriti (material substance).  Specifically, the Yoga Sutra of Patanjali presents an analytical approach to the nature of the mind.

In Western Philosophy, the earliest discussions of dualist ideas are in the writings of Plato who maintained that humans’ “intelligence” (a faculty of the mind or soul) could not be identified with, or explained in terms of, their physical body.  However, the best-known version of dualism is due to René Descartes (1641), and holds that the mind is a non-extended, non-physical substance, a “res cogitans“.  Descartes was the first to clearly identify the mind with consciousness and self-awareness, and to distinguish this from the brain, which was the seat of intelligence.  He was therefore the first to formulate the mind–body problem in the form in which it still exists today.

Arguments for dualism

The most frequently used argument in favor of dualism is that it appeals to the common-sense intuition that conscious experience is distinct from inanimate matter. If asked what the mind is, the average person would usually respond by identifying it with their self, their personality, their soul, or some other such entity.  They would almost certainly deny that the mind simply is the brain, or vice versa, finding the idea that there is just one ontological entity at play to be too mechanistic, or simply unintelligible.  Many modern philosophers of mind think that these intuitions are misleading and that we should use our critical faculties, along with empirical evidence from the sciences, to examine these assumptions to determine whether there is any real basis to them.

Another important argument in favor of dualism is that the mental and the physical seem to have quite different, and perhaps irreconcilable, properties.  Mental events have a subjective quality, whereas physical events do not.  So, for example, one can reasonably ask what a burnt finger feels like, or what a blue sky looks like, or what nice music sounds like to a person.  But it is meaningless, or at least odd, to ask what a surge in the uptake of glutamate in the dorsolateral portion of the hippocampus feels like.

Philosophers of mind call the subjective aspects of mental events “qualia” or “raw feels”.  There is something that it is like to feel pain, to see a familiar shade of blue, and so on.  There are qualia involved in these mental events that seem particularly difficult to reduce to anything physical.  David Chalmers explains this argument by stating that we could conceivably know all the objective information about something, such as the brain states and wavelengths of light involved with seeing the color red, but still not know something fundamental about the situation – what it is like to see the color red.

If consciousness (the mind) can exist independently of physical reality (the brain), one must explain how physical memories are created concerning consciousness.  Dualism must therefore explain how consciousness affects physical reality.  One possible explanation is that of a miracle, proposed by Arnold Geulincx and Nicolas Malebranche, where all mind–body interactions require the direct intervention of God.

Another possible argument that has been proposed by C. S. Lewis  is the Argument from Reason: if, as monism implies, all of our thoughts are the effects of physical causes, then we have no reason for assuming that they are also the consequent of a reasonable ground.  Knowledge, however, is apprehended by reasoning from ground to consequent.  Therefore, if monism is correct, there would be no way of knowing this—or anything else—we could not even suppose it, except by a fluke.

The zombie argument is based on a thought experiment proposed by Todd Moody, and developed by David Chalmers in his book The Conscious Mind. The basic idea is that one can imagine one’s body, and therefore conceive the existence of one’s body, without any conscious states being associated with this body.  Chalmers’ argument is that it seems very plausible that such a being could exist because all that is needed is that all and only the things that the physical sciences describe about a zombie must be true of it.  Since none of the concepts involved in these sciences make reference to consciousness or other mental phenomena, and any physical entity can be by definition described scientifically via physics, the move from conceivability to possibility is not such a large one.  Others such as Dennett have argued that the notion of a philosophical zombie is an incoherent,  or unlikely, concept. It has been argued under physicalism that one must either believe that anyone including oneself might be a zombie, or that no one can be a zombie—following from the assertion that one’s own conviction about being (or not being) a zombie is a product of the physical world and is therefore no different from anyone else’s.  This argument has been expressed by Dennett who argues that “Zombies think they are conscious, think they have qualia, think they suffer pains—they are just ‘wrong’ (according to this lamentable tradition) in ways that neither they nor we could ever discover!”  

Interactionist dualism

Interactionist dualism, or simply interactionism, is the particular form of dualism first espoused by Descartes in the Meditations.  In the 20th century, its major defenders have been Karl Popper and John Carew Eccles.  It is the view that mental states, such as beliefs and desires, causally interact with physical states.

Descartes’ famous argument for this position can be summarized as follows: Seth has a clear and distinct idea of his mind as a thinking thing that has no spatial extension (i.e., it cannot be measured in terms of length, weight, height, and so on).  He also has a clear and distinct idea of his body as something that is spatially extended, subject to quantification and not able to think.  It follows that mind and body are not identical because they have radically different properties.

At the same time, however, it is clear that Seth’s mental states (desires, beliefs, etc.) have causal effects on his body and vice versa: A child touches a hot stove (physical event) which causes pain (mental event) and makes her yell (physical event), this in turn provokes a sense of fear and protectiveness in the caregiver (mental event), and so on.

Descartes’ argument crucially depends on the premise that what Seth believes to be “clear and distinct” ideas in his mind are necessarily true. Many contemporary philosophers doubt this.  For example, Joseph Agassi suggests that several scientific discoveries made since the early 20th century have undermined the idea of privileged access to one’s own ideas.  Freud claimed that a psychologically-trained observer can understand a person’s unconscious motivations better than the person himself does.  Duhem has shown that a philosopher of science can know a person’s methods of discovery better than that person herself does, while Malinowski has shown that an anthropologist can know a person’s customs and habits better than the person whose customs and habits they are.  He also asserts that modern psychological experiments that cause people to see things that are not there provide grounds for rejecting Descartes’ argument, because scientists can describe a person’s perceptions better than the person herself can.  The weakness common to all these arguments against interactionism is that they put all introspective insight in doubt.  We know people make mistakes about the world (including another’s internal states), but not always.  Therefore, it is logically absurd to assume persons are always in error about their own mental states and judgements about the nature of the mind itself.

Other forms of dualism

Four varieties of dualism. The arrows indicate the direction of the causal interactions. Occasionalism is not shown.

Psychophysical parallelism

Psychophysical parallelism, or simply parallelism, is the view that mind and body, while having distinct ontological statuses, do not causally influence one another. Instead, they run along parallel paths (mind events causally interact with mind events and brain events causally interact with brain events) and only seem to influence each other.  This view was most prominently defended by Gottfried Leibniz.  Although Leibniz was an ontological monist who believed that only one type of substance, the monad, exists in the universe, and that everything is reducible to it, he nonetheless maintained that there was an important distinction between “the mental” and “the physical” in terms of causation.  He held that God had arranged things in advance so that minds and bodies would be in harmony with each other.  This is known as the doctrine of pre-established harmony.

Occasionalism

Occasionalism is the view espoused by Nicholas Malebranche that asserts that all supposedly causal relations between physical events, or between physical and mental events, are not really causal at all. While body and mind are different substances, causes (whether mental or physical) are related to their effects by an act of God’s intervention on each specific occasion.

Property dualism

Property dualism is the view that the world is constituted of just one kind of substance – the physical kind – and there exist two distinct kinds of properties: physical properties and mental properties.  In other words, it is the view that non-physical, mental properties (such as beliefs, desires and emotions) inhere in some physical bodies (at least, brains).  How mental and physical properties relate causally depends on the variety of property dualism in question, and is not always a clear issue.  Sub-varieties of property dualism include:

  1. Strong emergentism asserts that when matter is organized in the appropriate way (i.e. in the way that living human bodies are organized), mental properties emerge in a way not fully accountable for by physical laws. Hence, it is a form of emergent materialism.  These emergent properties have an independent ontological status and cannot be reduced to, or explained in terms of, the physical substrate from which they emerge.  They are dependent on the physical properties from which they emerge, but opinions vary as to the coherence of top–down causation, i.e. the causal effectiveness of such properties.  A form of property dualism has been espoused by David Chalmers and the concept has undergone something of a renaissance in recent years,  but was already suggested in the 19th century by William James.
  2. Epiphenomenalism is a doctrine first formulated by Thomas Henry Huxley.  It consists of the view that mental phenomena are causally ineffectual, where one or more mental states do not have any influence on physical states.  Physical events can cause other physical events and physical events can cause mental events, but mental events cannot cause anything, since they are just causally inert by-products (i.e. epiphenomena) of the physical world.  This view has been defended most strongly in recent times by Frank Jackson.
  3. Non-reductive Physicalism is the view that mental properties form a separate ontological class to physical properties: mental states (such as qualia) are not reducible to physical states.  The ontological stance towards qualia in the case of non-reductive physicalism does not imply that qualia are causally inert; this is what distinguishes it from epiphenomenalism.
  4. Panpsychism is the view that all matter has a mental aspect, or, alternatively, all objects have a unified center of experience or point of view.  Superficially, it seems to be a form of property dualism, since it regards everything as having both mental and physical properties. However, some panpsychists say mechanical behavior is derived from primitive mentality of atoms and molecules—as are sophisticated mentality and organic behavior, the difference being attributed to the presence or absence of complex structure in a compound object.  So long as the reduction of non-mental properties to mental ones is in place, panpsychism is not a (strong) form of property dualism; otherwise it is.

Dual aspect theory

Dual aspect theory or dual-aspect monism is the view that the mental and the physical are two aspects of, or perspectives on, the same substance.  (Thus it is a mixed position, which is monistic in some respects).  In modern philosophical writings, the theory’s relationship to neutral monism has become somewhat ill-defined, but one proffered distinction says that whereas neutral monism allows the context of a given group of neutral elements and the relationships into which they enter to determine whether the group can be thought of as mental, physical, both, or neither, dual-aspect theory suggests that the mental and the physical are manifestations (or aspects) of some underlying substance, entity or process that is itself neither mental nor physical as normally understood.  Various formulations of dual-aspect monism also require the mental and the physical to be complementary, mutually irreducible and perhaps inseparable (though distinct).

Hylomorphic dualism

Monist solutions to the mind–body problem

In contrast to dualism, monism does not accept any fundamental divisions. The fundamentally disseparate nature of reality has been central to forms of eastern philosophies for over two millennia.  In Indian and Chinese philosophy, monism is integral to how experience is understood.  Today, the most common forms of monism in Western philosophy are physicalist.  Physicalistic monism asserts that the only existing substance is physical, in some sense of that term to be clarified by our best science.However, a variety of formulations (see below) are possible.  Another form of monism, idealism, states that the only existing substance is mental.  Although pure idealism, such as that of George Berkeley, is uncommon in contemporary Western philosophy, a more sophisticated variant called panpsychism, according to which mental experience and properties may be at the foundation of physical experience and properties, has been espoused by some philosophers such as Alfred North Whitehead  and David Ray Griffin.

Phenomenalism is the theory that representations (or sense data) of external objects are all that exist.  Such a view was briefly adopted by Bertrand Russell and many of the logical positivists during the early 20th century.  A third possibility is to accept the existence of a basic substance that is neither physical nor mental.  The mental and physical would then both be properties of this neutral substance.  Such a position was adopted by Baruch Spinoza and was popularized by Ernst Mach in the 19th century.  This neutral monism, as it is called, resembles property dualism.

Physicalistic monisms

Behaviorism

Behaviorism dominated philosophy of mind for much of the 20th century, especially the first half.   In psychology, behaviorism developed as a reaction to the inadequacies of introspectionism.  Introspective reports on one’s own interior mental life are not subject to careful examination for accuracy and cannot be used to form predictive generalizations.  Without generalizability and the possibility of third-person examination, the behaviorists argued, psychology cannot be scientific.  The way out, therefore, was to eliminate the idea of an interior mental life (and hence an ontologically independent mind) altogether and focus instead on the description of observable behavior.

Parallel to these developments in psychology, a philosophical behaviorism (sometimes called logical behaviorism) was developed.  This is characterized by a strong verificationism, which generally considers unverifiable statements about interior mental life senseless.  For the behaviorist, mental states are not interior states on which one can make introspective reports. They are just descriptions of behavior or dispositions to behave in certain ways, made by third parties to explain and predict another’s behavior.

Philosophical behaviorism has fallen out of favor since the latter half of the 20th century, coinciding with the rise of cognitivism.  Cognitivists reject behaviorism due to several perceived problems.  For example, behaviorism could be said to be counter-intuitive when it maintains that someone is talking about behavior in the event that a person is experiencing a painful headache.

Identity theory

Type physicalism (or type-identity theory) was developed by John Smart and Ullin Place as a direct reaction to the failure of behaviorism.  These philosophers reasoned that, if mental states are something material, but not behavioral, then mental states are probably identical to internal states of the brain.  In very simplified terms: a mental state M is nothing other than brain state B.  The mental state “desire for a cup of coffee” would thus be nothing more than the “firing of certain neurons in certain brain regions”.

The classic Identity theory and Anomalous Monism in contrast.  For the Identity theory, every token instantiation of a single mental type corresponds (as indicated by the arrows) to a physical token of a single physical type.  For anomalous monism, the token–token correspondences can fall outside of the type–type correspondences.  The result is token identity.

Despite its initial plausibility, the identity theory faces a strong challenge in the form of the thesis of multiple realizability, first formulated by Hilary Putnam.  It is obvious that not only humans, but many different species of animals can, for example, experience pain.  However, it seems highly unlikely that all of these diverse organisms with the same pain experience are in the identical brain state.  And if this is the case, then pain cannot be identical to a specific brain state.  The identity theory is thus empirically unfounded.

On the other hand, even granted the above, it does not follow that identity theories of all types must be abandoned.  According to token identity theories, the fact that a certain brain state is connected with only one mental state of a person does not have to mean that there is an absolute correlation between types of mental state and types of brain state.  The type–token distinction can be illustrated by a simple example: the word “green” contains four types of letters (g, r, e, n) with two tokens (occurrences) of the letter e along with one each of the others.  The idea of token identity is that only particular occurrences of mental events are identical with particular occurrences or tokenings of physical events.  Anomalous monism (see below) and most other non-reductive physicalisms are token-identity theories.  Despite these problems, there is a renewed interest in the type identity theory today, primarily due to the influence of Jaegwon Kim.

Functionalism

Functionalism was formulated by Hilary Putnam and Jerry Fodor as a reaction to the inadequacies of the identity theory.  Putnam and Fodor saw mental states in terms of an empirical computational theory of the mind.  At about the same time or slightly after, D.M. Armstrong and David Kellogg Lewis formulated a version of functionalism that analyzed the mental concepts of folk psychology in terms of functional roles.  Finally, Wittgenstein‘s idea of meaning as use led to a version of functionalism as a theory of meaning, further developed by Wilfrid Sellars and Gilbert Harman. Another one, psychofunctionalism, is an approach adopted by the naturalistic philosophy of mind associated with Jerry Fodor and Zenon Pylyshyn.

What all these different varieties of functionalism share in common is the thesis that mental states are characterized by their causal relations with other mental states and with sensory inputs and behavioral outputs.  That is, functionalism abstracts away from the details of the physical implementation of a mental state by characterizing it in terms of non-mental functional properties.  For example, a kidney is characterized scientifically by its functional role in filtering blood and maintaining certain chemical balances.  From this point of view, it does not really matter whether the kidney be made up of organic tissue, plastic nanotubes or silicon chips: it is the role that it plays and its relations to other organs that define it as a kidney.

Non-reductive physicalism

Non-reductionist philosophers hold firmly to two essential convictions with regard to mind–body relations: 1) Physicalism is true and mental states must be physical states, but 2) All reductionist proposals are unsatisfactory: mental states cannot be reduced to behavior, brain states or functional states.  Hence, the question arises whether there can still be a non-reductive physicalism. Donald Davidson‘s anomalous monism is an attempt to formulate such a physicalism.

Davidson uses the thesis of supervenience: mental states supervene on physical states, but are not reducible to them.  “Supervenience” therefore describes a functional dependence: there can be no change in the mental without some change in the physical–causal reducibility between the mental and physical without ontological reducibility.

Because non-reductive physicalist theories attempt to both retain the ontological distinction between mind and body and to try to solve the “surfeit of explanations puzzle” in some way; critics often see this as a paradox and point out the similarities to epiphenomenalism, in that it is the brain that is seen as the root “cause” not the mind, and the mind seems to be rendered inert.

Epiphenomenalism regards one or more mental states as the byproduct of physical brain states, having no influence on physical states.  The interaction is one-way (solving the “surfeit of explanations puzzle”) but leaving us with non-reducible mental states (as a byproduct of brain states) – causally reducible, but ontologically irreducible to physical states.  Pain would be seen by epiphenomenaliasts as being caused by the brain state but as not having effects on other brain states, though it might have effects on other mental states (i.e. cause distress).

Weak emergentism

Weak emergentism is a form of “non-reductive physicalism” that involves a layered view of nature, with the layers arranged in terms of increasing complexity and each corresponding to its own special science.  Some philosophers hold that emergent properties causally interact with more fundamental levels, while others maintain that higher-order properties simply supervene over lower levels without direct causal interaction.  The latter group therefore holds a less strict, or “weaker”, definition of emergentism, which can be rigorously stated as follows: a property P of composite object O is emergent if it is metaphysically impossible for another object to lack property P if that object is composed of parts with intrinsic properties identical to those in O and has those parts in an identical configuration.

Sometimes emergentists use the example of water having a new property when Hydrogen H and Oxygen O combine to form H2O (water).  In this example there “emerges” a new property of a transparent liquid that would not have been predicted by understanding hydrogen and oxygen as gases. This is analogous to physical properties of the brain giving rise to a mental state. Emergentists try to solve the notorious mind–body gap this way.  One problem for emergentism is the idea of “causal closure” in the world that does not allow for a mind-to-body causation.

Eliminative materialism

If one is a materialist and believes that all aspects of our common-sense psychology will find reduction to a mature cognitive neuroscience, and that non-reductive materialism is mistaken, then one can adopt a final, more radical position: eliminative materialism.

There are several varieties of eliminative materialism, but all maintain that our common-sense “folk psychology” badly misrepresents the nature of some aspect of cognition.  Eliminativists such as Patricia and Paul Churchland argue that while folk psychology treats cognition as fundamentally sentence-like, the non-linguistic vector/matrix model of neural network theory or connectionism will prove to be a much more accurate account of how the brain works.

The Churchlands often invoke the fate of other, erroneous popular theories and ontologies that have arisen in the course of history.  For example, Ptolemaic astronomy served to explain and roughly predict the motions of the planets for centuries, but eventually this model of the solar system was eliminated in favor of the Copernican model. The Churchlands believe the same eliminative fate awaits the “sentence-cruncher” model of the mind in which thought and behavior are the result of manipulating sentence-like states called “propositional attitudes“.

Non-physicalist monisms

Idealism

Idealism is the form of monism that sees the world as consisting of minds, mental contents and or consciousness.  Idealists are not faced with explaining how minds arise from bodies: rather, the world, bodies and objects are regarded as mere appearances held by minds.  However, accounting for the mind–body problem is not usually the main motivation for idealism; rather, idealists tend to be motivated by skepticism, intentionality, and the unique nature of ideas.  Idealism is prominent in Eastern religious and philosophical thought.  It has gone through several cycles of popularity and neglect in the history of Western philosophy.

Different varieties of idealism may hold that there are

Neutral monism

Neutral monism, in philosophy, is the metaphysical view that the mental and the physical are two ways of organizing or describing the same elements, which are themselves “neutral,” that is, neither physical nor mental.  This view denies that the mental and the physical are two fundamentally different things.  Rather, neutral monism claims the universe consists of only one kind of stuff, in the form of neutral elements that are in themselves neither mental nor physical.  These neutral elements might have the properties of color and shape, just as we experience those properties.  But these shaped and colored elements do not exist in a mind (considered as a substantial entity, whether dualistically or physicalistically); they exist on their own.

Mysterianism

Some philosophers take an epistemic approach and argue that the mind–body problem is currently unsolvable, and perhaps will always remain unsolvable to human beings.  This is usually termed New mysterianism. Colin McGinn holds that human beings are cognitively closed in regards to their own minds. According to McGinn human minds lack the concept-forming procedures to fully grasp how mental properties such as consciousness arise from their causal basis.  An example would be how an elephant is cognitively closed in regards to particle physics.

A more moderate conception has been expounded by Thomas Nagel, which holds that the mind body problem is currently unsolvable at the present stage of scientific development and that it might take a future scientific paradigm shift or revolution to bridge the explanatory gap.  Nagel posits that in the future a sort of “objective phenomenology” might be able to bridge the gap between subjective conscious experience and its physical basis.

Linguistic criticism of the mind–body problem

Each attempt to answer the mind–body problem encounters substantial problems. Some philosophers argue that this is because there is an underlying conceptual confusion.  These philosophers, such as Ludwig Wittgenstein and his followers in the tradition of linguistic criticism, therefore reject the problem as illusory.  They argue that it is an error to ask how mental and biological states fit together.  Rather it should simply be accepted that human experience can be described in different ways—for instance, in a mental and in a biological vocabulary.  Illusory problems arise if one tries to describe the one in terms of the other’s vocabulary or if the mental vocabulary is used in the wrong contexts.  This is the case, for instance, if one searches for mental states of the brain.  The brain is simply the wrong context for the use of mental vocabulary—the search for mental states of the brain is therefore a category error or a sort of fallacy of reasoning.

Today, such a position is often adopted by interpreters of Wittgenstein such as Peter Hacker.  However, Hilary Putnam, the originator of functionalism, has also adopted the position that the mind–body problem is an illusory problem which should be dissolved according to the manner of Wittgenstein.

Externalism and internalism

Where is the mind located?  If the mind is a physical phenomenon of some kind, it has to be located somewhere.  According to some, there are two possible options: either the mind is internal to the body (internalism) or the mind is external to it (externalism).  More generally, either the mind depends only on events and properties taking place inside the subject’s body or it depends also on factors external to it.

Proponents of internalism are committed to the view that neural activity is sufficient to produce the mind.  Proponents of externalism maintain that the surrounding world is in some sense constitutive of the mind.

Externalism differentiates into several versions.  The main ones are semantic externalism, cognitive externalism, phenomenal externalism.  Each of these versions of externalism can further be divided whether they refer only to the content or to the vehicles of mind.

Semantic externalism holds that the semantic content of the mind is totally or partially defined by state of affairs external to the body of the subject. Hilary Putnam‘s Twin earth thought experiment is a good example.

Cognitive externalism is a very broad collection of views that suggests the role of the environment, of tools, of development, and of the body in fleshing out cognition.  Embodied cognition, the extended mind, and enactivism are good examples.

Phenomenal externalism suggests that the phenomenal aspects of the mind are external to the body.  Authors who addressed this possibility are Ted Honderich, Edwin Holt, Francois Tonneau, Kevin O’Regan, Riccardo Manzotti, Teed Rockwell and Max Velmans.

Naturalism and its problems

The thesis of physicalism is that the mind is part of the material (or physical) world.  Such a position faces the problem that the mind has certain properties that no other material thing seems to possess.  Physicalism must therefore explain how it is possible that these properties can nonetheless emerge from a material thing.  The project of providing such an explanation is often referred to as the “naturalization of the mental”.  Some of the crucial problems that this project attempts to resolve include the existence of qualia and the nature of intentionality.

Qualia

Many mental states seem to be experienced subjectively in different ways by different individuals.  And it is characteristic of a mental state that it has some experiential quality, e.g. of pain, that it hurts.  However, the sensation of pain between two individuals may not be identical, since no one has a perfect way to measure how much something hurts or of describing exactly how it feels to hurt.  Philosophers and scientists therefore ask where these experiences come from.  The existence of cerebral events, in and of themselves, cannot explain why they are accompanied by these corresponding qualitative experiences.  The puzzle of why many cerebral processes occur with an accompanying experiential aspect in consciousness seems impossible to explain.

Yet it also seems to many that science will eventually have to explain such experiences.  This follows from an assumption about the possibility of reductive explanations.  According to this view, if an attempt can be successfully made to explain a phenomenon reductively (e.g., water), then it can be explained why the phenomenon has all of its properties (e.g., fluidity, transparency).  In the case of mental states, this means that there needs to be an explanation of why they have the property of being experienced in a certain way.

The 20th century German philosopher Martin Heidegger criticized the ontological assumptions underpinning such a reductive model, and claimed that it was impossible to make sense of experience in these terms.  This is because, according to Heidegger, the nature of our subjective experience and its qualities is impossible to understand in terms of Cartesian “substances” that bear “properties”.  Another way to put this is that the very concept of qualitative experience is incoherent in terms of—or is semantically incommensurable with the concept of—substances that bear properties.

This problem of explaining introspective first-person aspects of mental states and consciousness in general in terms of third-person quantitative neuroscience is called the explanatory gap.  There are several different views of the nature of this gap among contemporary philosophers of mind. David Chalmers and the early Frank Jackson interpret the gap as ontological in nature; that is, they maintain that qualia can never be explained by science because physicalism is false.  There are two separate categories involved and one cannot be reduced to the other.  An alternative view is taken by philosophers such as Thomas Nagel and Colin McGinn.  According to them, the gap is epistemological in nature.  For Nagel, science is not yet able to explain subjective experience because it has not yet arrived at the level or kind of knowledge that is required.  We are not even able to formulate the problem coherently.  For McGinn, on other hand, the problem is one of permanent and inherent biological limitations.  We are not able to resolve the explanatory gap because the realm of subjective experiences is cognitively closed to us in the same manner that quantum physics is cognitively closed to elephants.  Other philosophers liquidate the gap as purely a semantic problem.  This semantic problem, of course, led to the famous “Qualia Question“, which is: Does Red cause Redness?

Intentionality

John Searle—one of the most influential philosophers of mind, proponent of biological naturalism (Berkeley 2002)

Intentionality is the capacity of mental states to be directed towards (about) or be in relation with something in the external world.  This property of mental states entails that they have contents and semantic referents and can therefore be assigned truth values.  When one tries to reduce these states to natural processes there arises a problem: natural processes are not true or false, they simply happen.  It would not make any sense to say that a natural process is true or false.  But mental ideas or judgments are true or false, so how then can mental states (ideas or judgments) be natural processes?  The possibility of assigning semantic value to ideas must mean that such ideas are about facts.  Thus, for example, the idea that Herodotus was a historian refers to Herodotus and to the fact that he was a historian.  If the fact is true, then the idea is true; otherwise, it is false.  But where does this relation come from?  In the brain, there are only electrochemical processes and these seem not to have anything to do with Herodotus.

Philosophy of perception

Philosophy of perception is concerned with the nature of perceptual experience and the status of perceptual objects, in particular how perceptual experience relates to appearances and beliefs about the world.  The main contemporary views within philosophy of perception include naive realism, enactivism and representional views.

Philosophy of mind and science

Humans are corporeal beings and, as such, they are subject to examination and description by the natural sciences.  Since mental processes are intimately related to bodily processes, the descriptions that the natural sciences furnish of human beings play an important role in the philosophy of mind.  There are many scientific disciplines that study processes related to the mental.  The list of such sciences includes: biology, computer science, cognitive science, cybernetics, linguistics, medicine, pharmacology, and psychology.

Neurobiology

The theoretical background of biology, as is the case with modern natural sciences in general, is fundamentally materialistic.  The objects of study are, in the first place, physical processes, which are considered to be the foundations of mental activity and behavior.  The increasing success of biology in the explanation of mental phenomena can be seen by the absence of any empirical refutation of its fundamental presupposition: “there can be no change in the mental states of a person without a change in brain states.”

Within the field of neurobiology, there are many subdisciplines that are concerned with the relations between mental and physical states and processes:  Sensory neurophysiology investigates the relation between the processes of perception and stimulation.  Cognitive neuroscience studies the correlations between mental processes and neural processes. Neuropsychology describes the dependence of mental faculties on specific anatomical regions of the brain.  Lastly, evolutionary biology studies the origins and development of the human nervous system and, in as much as this is the basis of the mind, also describes the ontogenetic and phylogenetic development of mental phenomena beginning from their most primitive stages.  Evolutionary biology furthermore places tight constraints on any philosophical theory of the mind, as the gene-based mechanism of natural selection does not allow any giant leaps in the development of neural complexity or neural software but only incremental steps over long time periods.

Since the 1980s, sophisticated neuroimaging procedures, such as fMRI (above), have furnished increasing knowledge about the workings of the human brain, shedding light on ancient philosophical problems.

The methodological breakthroughs of the neurosciences, in particular the introduction of high-tech neuroimaging procedures, has propelled scientists toward the elaboration of increasingly ambitious research programs: one of the main goals is to describe and comprehend the neural processes which correspond to mental functions (see: neural correlate).  Several groups are inspired by these advances.

Computer science

Computer science concerns itself with the automatic processing of information (or at least with physical systems of symbols to which information is assigned) by means of such things as computers.  From the beginning, computer programmers have been able to develop programs that permit computers to carry out tasks for which organic beings need a mind.  A simple example is multiplication.  But it is clear that computers do not use a mind to multiply.  Could they, someday, come to have what we call a mind? This question has been propelled into the forefront of much philosophical debate because of investigations in the field of artificial intelligence (AI).

Within AI, it is common to distinguish between a modest research program and a more ambitious one: this distinction was coined by John Searle in terms of a weak AI and strong AI.  The exclusive objective of “weak AI”, according to Searle, is the successful simulation of mental states, with no attempt to make computers become conscious or aware, etc.  The objective of strong AI, on the contrary, is a computer with consciousness similar to that of human beings.  The program of strong AI goes back to one of the pioneers of computation Alan Turing.  As an answer to the question “Can computers think?”, he formulated the famous Turing test.  Turing believed that a computer could be said to “think” when, if placed in a room by itself next to another room that contained a human being and with the same questions being asked of both the computer and the human being by a third party human being, the computer’s responses turned out to be indistinguishable from those of the human.  Essentially, Turing’s view of machine intelligence followed the behaviourist model of the mind—intelligence is as intelligence does.  The Turing test has received many criticisms, among which the most famous is probably the Chinese room thought experiment formulated by Searle.

The question about the possible sensitivity (qualia) of computers or robots still remains open.  Some computer scientists believe that the specialty of AI can still make new contributions to the resolution of the “mind body problem”.  They suggest that based on the reciprocal influences between software and hardware that takes place in all computers, it is possible that someday theories can be discovered that help us to understand the reciprocal influences between the human mind and the brain (wetware).

Psychology

Psychology is the science that investigates mental states directly.  It uses generally empirical methods to investigate concrete mental states like joy, fear or obsessions.  Psychology investigates the laws that bind these mental states to each other or with inputs and outputs to the human organism.

An example of this is the psychology of perception.  Scientists working in this field have discovered general principles of the perception of forms.  A law of the psychology of forms says that objects that move in the same direction are perceived as related to each other.  This law describes a relation between visual input and mental perceptual states.  However, it does not suggest anything about the nature of perceptual states.  The laws discovered by psychology are compatible with all the answers to the mind–body problem already described.

Cognitive science

Cognitive science is the interdisciplinary scientific study of the mind and its processes.  It examines what cognition is, what it does, and how it works.  It includes research on intelligence and behavior, especially focusing on how information is represented, processed, and transformed (in faculties such as perception, language, memory, reasoning, and emotion) within nervous systems (human or other animal) and machines (e.g. computers).  Cognitive science consists of multiple research disciplines, including psychology, artificial intelligence, philosophy, neuroscience, linguistics, anthropology, sociology, and education.  It spans many levels of analysis, from low-level learning and decision mechanisms to high-level logic and planning; from neural circuitry to modular brain organisation.  Rowlands argues that cognition is enactive, embodied, embedded, affective and (potentially) extended.  The position is taken that the “classical sandwich” of cognition sandwiched between perception and action is artificial; cognition has to be seen as a product of a strongly coupled interaction that cannot be divided this way.

Philosophy of mind in the continental tradition

Most of the discussion in this article has focused on one style or tradition of philosophy in modern Western culture, usually called analytic philosophy (sometimes described as Anglo-American philosophy).  Many other schools of thought exist, however, which are sometimes subsumed under the broad (and vague) label of continental philosophy.  In any case, though topics and methods here are numerous, in relation to the philosophy of mind the various schools that fall under this label (phenomenology, existentialism, etc.) can globally be seen to differ from the analytic school in that they focus less on language and logical analysis alone but also take in other forms of understanding human existence and experience.  With reference specifically to the discussion of the mind, this tends to translate into attempts to grasp the concepts of thought and perceptual experience in some sense that does not merely involve the analysis of linguistic forms.

Immanuel Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason, first published in 1781 and presented again with major revisions in 1787, represents a significant intervention into what will later become known as the philosophy of mind. Kant’s first critique is generally recognized as among the most significant works of modern philosophy in the West.  Kant is a figure whose influence is marked in both continental and analytic/Anglo-American philosophy.  Kant’s work develops an in-depth study of transcendental consciousness, or the life of the mind as conceived through universal categories of consciousness.

In Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel‘s Philosophy of Mind (frequently translated as the Philosophy of Spirit or Geist), the third part of his Encyclopedia of the Philosophical Sciences, Hegel discusses three distinct types of mind: the “subjective mind/spirit”, the mind of an individual; the “objective mind/spirit”, the mind of society and of the State; and the “Absolute mind/spirit”, the position of religion, art, and philosophy.  See also Hegel’s Phenomenology of Spirit. Nonetheless, Hegel’s work differs radically from the style of Anglo-American philosophy of mind.

In 1896, Henri Bergson made in Matter and Memory “Essay on the relation of body and spirit” a forceful case for the ontological difference of body and mind by reducing the problem to the more definite one of memory, thus allowing for a solution built on the empirical test case of aphasia.

In modern times, the two main schools that have developed in response or opposition to this Hegelian tradition are phenomenology and existentialism. Phenomenology, founded by Edmund Husserl, focuses on the contents of the human mind (see noema) and how processes shape our experiences.  Existentialism, a school of thought founded upon the work of Søren Kierkegaard, focuses on Human predicament and how people deal the situation of being alive.  Existential-phenomenology represents a major branch of continental philosophy (they are not contradictory), rooted in the work of Husserl but expressed in its fullest forms in the work of Martin Heidegger, Jean-Paul Sartre, Simone de Beauvoir and Maurice Merleau-Ponty. See Heidegger’s Being and Time, Merleau-Ponty’s Phenomenology of Perception, Sartre’s Being and Nothingness, and Simone de Beauvoir’s The Second Sex.

Mind in Eastern philosophy

Hindu philosophy

Dualism

Substance Dualism is a common feature of several orthodox Hindu schools including the Sāṅkhya, Nyāya, Yoga and Dvaita Vedanta.  In these schools a clear difference is drawn between matter and a non-material soul, which is eternal and undergoes samsara, a cycle of death and rebirth.  The Nyāya school argued that qualities such as cognition and desire are inherent qualities which are not possessed by anything solely material, and therefore by process of elimination must belong to a non-material self, the atman.  Many of these schools see their spiritual goal as moksha, liberation from the cycle of reincarnation.

Vedanta monistic idealism

Śaṅkara

In the Advaita Vedanta of the 8th century Indian philosopher Śaṅkara, the mind, body and world are all held to be the same unchanging eternal conscious entity called Brahman.  Advaita, which means non-dualism, holds the view that all that exists is pure absolute consciousness.  The fact that the world seems to be made up of changing entities is an illusion, or Maya.  The only thing that exists is Brahman, which is described as Satchitananda (Being, consciousness and bliss).  Advaita Vedanta is best described by a verse which states “Brahman is alone True, and this world of plurality is an error; the individual self is not different from Brahman”.

Another form of monistic Vedanta is Vishishtadvaita (Qualified Non-Dualism) as posited by the eleventh century philosopher Ramanuja.  Ramanuja criticized Advaita Vedanta by arguing that consciousness is always intentional and that it is also always a property of something.  Ramanuja’s Brahman is defined by a multiplicity of qualities and properties in a single monistic entity.  This doctrine is called “samanadhikaranya” (several things in a common substrate).

Materialism

Arguably the first exposition of empirical materialism in the history of philosophy is in the Cārvāka school (a.k.a. Lokāyata).  The Cārvāka school rejected the existence of anything but matter (which they defined as being made up of the four elements), including God and the soul.  Therefore they held that even consciousness was nothing but a construct made up of atoms. A section of the Cārvāka school believed in a material soul made up of air or breath, but since this also was a form of matter, it was not said to survive death.

Buddhist philosophy of mind

A salient feature of Buddhist philosophy which sets it apart from Indian orthodoxy is the centrality of the doctrine of not-self (Pāli. anatta, Skt. anātman).  The Buddha’s not-self doctrine sees humans as an impermanent composite of five psychological and physical aspects instead of a single fixed self.  In this sense, what is called ego or the self is merely a convenient fiction, an illusion that does not apply to anything real but to an erroneous way of looking at the ever changing stream of five interconnected aggregate factors.  The relationship between these aggregates is said to be one of dependent-arising (pratītyasamutpāda).  This means that all things, including mental events, arise co-dependently from a plurality of other causes and conditions.  This seems to reject both causal determinist and epiphenomenalist conceptions of mind.  Abhidharma theories of mind three centuries after the death of the Buddha (c. 150 BCE) saw the growth of a large body of literature called the Abhidharma in several contending Buddhist schools.  In the Abdhidharmic analysis of mind, the ordinary thought is defined as prapañca (‘conceptual proliferation’).  According to this theory, perceptual experience is bound up in multiple conceptualizations (expectations, judgments and desires).  This proliferation of conceptualizations form our illusory superimposition of concepts like self and other upon an ever changing stream of aggregate phenomena.  In this conception of mind no strict distinction is made between the conscious faculty and the actual sense perception of various phenomena. Consciousness is instead said to be divided into six sense modalities, five for the five senses and sixth for perception of mental phenomena.  The arising of cognitive awareness is said to depend on sense perception, awareness of the mental faculty itself which is termed mental or ‘introspective awareness’ (manovijñāna) and attention (āvartana), the picking out of objects out of the constantly changing stream of sensory impressions.  Rejection of a permanent agent eventually led to the philosophical problems of the seeming continuity of mind and also of explaining how rebirth and karma continue to be relevant doctrines without an eternal mind.  This challenge was met by the Theravāda school by introducing the concept of mind as a factor of existence.  This “life-stream” (Bhavanga-sota) is an undercurrent forming the condition of being.  The continuity of a karmic “person” is therefore assured in the form of a mindstream (citta-santana), a series of flowing mental moments arising from the subliminal life-continuum mind (Bhavanga-citta), mental content, and attention.  Indian MahayanaThe Sautrāntika school held a form of phenomenalism that saw the world as imperceptible.  It held that external objects exist only as a support for cognition, which can only apprehend mental representations.  This influenced the later Yogacara school of Mahayana Buddhism.  The Yogācāra school is often called the mind-only school because of its internalist stance that consciousness is the ultimate existing reality.  The works of Vasubandhu have often been interpreted as arguing for some form of Idealism.  Vasubandhu uses the dream argument and a mereological refutation of atomism to attack the reality of external objects as anything other than mental entities.  Scholarly interpretations of Vasubandhu‘s philosophy vary widely, and include phenomenalism, neutral monism and realist phenomenology.  The Indian Mahayana schools were divided on the issue of the possibility of reflexive awareness (svasaṃvedana).  Dharmakīrti accepted the idea of reflexive awareness as expounded by the Yogacara school, comparing it to lamp that illuminates itself while also illuminating other objects.  This was strictly rejected by Mādhyamika scholars like Candrakīrti.  Since in the philosophy of the Mādhyamika all things and mental events are characterized by emptiness, they argued that consciousness could not be an inherently reflexive ultimate reality since that would mean it was self validating and therefore not characterized by emptiness.  These views were ultimately reconciled by the 8th century thinker Śāntarakṣita.  In Śāntarakṣita‘s synthesis he adopts the idealist Yogācāra views of reflexive awareness as a conventional truth into the structure of the two truths doctrine.  Thus he states: “By relying on the Mind-Only system, know that external entities do not exist.  And by relying on this Middle Way system, know that no self exists at all, even in that [mind].”  The Yogācāra school also developed the theory of the repository consciousness (ālayavijñāna) to explain continuity of mind in rebirth and accumulation of karma.  This repository consciousness acts as a storehouse for karmic seeds (bija) when all other senses are absent during the process of death and rebirth as well as being the causal potentiality of dharmic phenomena.  Thus according to B. Alan Wallace:

No constituents of the body—in the brain or elsewhere—transform into mental states and processes. Such

subjective experiences do not emerge from the body, but neither do they emerge from nothing.  Rather, all objective mental appearances arise from the substrate, and all subjective mental states and processes arise from the

substrate consciousness

Tibetan Buddhism

Tibetan Buddhist theories of mind evolved directly from the Indian Mahayana views.  Thus the founder of the Gelug school, Je Tsongkhapa discusses the Yogācāra system of the Eight Consciousnesses in his Explanation of the Difficult Points.  He would later come to repudiate Śāntarakṣita‘s pragmatic idealism.  According to the 14th Dalai Lama the mind can be defined “as an entity that has the nature of mere experience, that is, ‘clarity and knowing’.  It is the knowing nature, or agency, that is called mind, and this is non-material.”  The simultaneously dual nature of mind is as follows:

1. Clarity (gsal) – The mental activity which produces cognitive phenomena (snang-ba).
2. Knowing (rig) – The mental activity of perceiving cognitive phenomena.

Because Tibetan philosophy of mind is ultimately soteriological, it focuses on meditative practices such as Dzogchen and Mahamudra that allow a practitioner to experience the true reflexive nature of their mind directly. This unobstructed knowledge of one’s primordial, empty and non-dual Buddha nature is called rigpa.  The mind’s innermost nature is described among various schools as pure luminosity or “clear light” (‘od gsal) and is often compared to a crystal ball or a mirror.  Sogyal Rinpoche speaks of mind thus: “Imagine a sky, empty, spacious, and pure from the beginning; its essence is like this.  Imagine a sun, luminous, clear, unobstructed, and spontaneously present; its nature is like this.”

Zen Buddhism

The central issue in Chinese Zen philosophy of mind is in the difference between the pure and awakened mind and the defiled mind.  Chinese Chan master Huangpo described the mind as without beginning and without form or limit while the defiled mind was that which was obscured by attachment to form and concepts.  The pure Buddha-mind is thus able to see things “as they truly are”, as absolute and non-dual “thusness” (Tathatā).  This non-conceptual seeing also includes the paradoxical fact that there is no difference between a defiled and a pure mind, as well as no difference between samsara and nirvana.  In the Shobogenzo, the Japanese philosopher Dogen argued that body and mind are neither ontologically nor phenomenologically distinct but are characterized by a oneness called shin jin (bodymind).  According to Dogen, “casting off body and mind” (Shinjin datsuraku) in zazen will allow one to experience things-as-they-are (genjokoan) which is the nature of original enlightenment (hongaku).

There are countless subjects that are affected by the ideas developed in the philosophy of mind.  Clear examples of this are the nature of death and its definitive character, the nature of emotion, of perception and of memory. Questions about what a person is and what his or her identity consists of also have much to do with the philosophy of mind.  There are two subjects that, in connection with the philosophy of the mind, have aroused special attention: free will and the self.

Free will

In the context of philosophy of mind, the problem of free will takes on renewed intensity.  This is certainly the case, at least, for materialistic determinists.  According to this position, natural laws completely determine the course of the material world.  Mental states, and therefore the will as well, would be material states, which means human behavior and decisions would be completely determined by natural laws.  Some take this reasoning a step further: people cannot determine by themselves what they want and what they do.  Consequently, they are not free.  This argumentation is rejected, on the one hand, by the compatibilists.  Those who adopt this position suggest that the question “Are we free?” can only be answered once we have determined what the term “free” means.  The opposite of “free” is not “caused” but “compelled” or “coerced”.  It is not appropriate to identify freedom with indetermination.  A free act is one where the agent could have done otherwise if it had chosen otherwise.  In this sense a person can be free even though determinism is true.  The most important compatibilist in the history of the philosophy was David Hume.  More recently, this position is defended, for example, by Daniel Dennett.  On the other hand, there are also many incompatibilists who reject the argument because they believe that the will is free in a stronger sense called libertarianism.  These philosophers affirm the course of the world is either a) not completely determined by natural law where natural law is intercepted by physically independent agency,  b) determined by indeterministic natural law only, or c) determined by indeterministic natural law in line with the subjective effort of physically non-reducible agency.  Under Libertarianism, the will does not have to be deterministic and, therefore, it is potentially free.  Critics of the second proposition (b) accuse the incompatibilists of using an incoherent concept of freedom.  They argue as follows: if our will is not determined by anything, then we desire what we desire by pure chance.  And if what we desire is purely accidental, we are not free.  So if our will is not determined by anything, we are not free.

Self

The philosophy of mind also has important consequences for the concept of self.  If by “self” or “I” one refers to an essential, immutable nucleus of the person, most modern philosophers of mind will affirm that no such thing exists.  The idea of a self as an immutable essential nucleus derives from the idea of an immaterial soul.  Such an idea is unacceptable to most contemporary philosophers, due to their physicalistic orientations, and due to a general acceptance among philosophers of the scepticism of the concept of “self” by David Hume, who could never catch himself not doing, thinking or feeling anything.  However, in the light of empirical results from developmental psychology, developmental biology and neuroscience, the idea of an essential inconstant, material nucleus—an integrated representational system distributed over changing patterns of synaptic connections—seems reasonable.  The view of the self as an illusion is accepted by some philosophers, including Daniel Dennett.

 

What is Consciousness?  {choose your conception here}

 

Mind

When Truth becomes Fiction

~ DC ~ Leave a comment

 

Image result for pictures of cointelpro

Am I one of the many thought provoking bloggers who may be singled out for my intellectual property and commentary in the eyes of the Fusion Centers or other governmental agencies with missions to subvert any possible distension of the status quo?    When my struggle to find the truth in any topic I wish to research and write about, no matter where that road takes me, places me on a list by a governing body of the so-called elected officials seems to stand in the way of liberty and the foundations of a constitution / bill of rights our nation was once ascribed to following.

If you study the history of our plight as a nation, the struggle for freedom comes to us at great cost.  Our destiny as a nation can only survive if we educate ourselves to the people behind the curtains that direct many of our citizenry into a decent that we may not be able to recover from.

 

 

COINTELPRO (an acronym for COunter INTELligence PROgram) was a series of covert, and at times illegal,[1][2] projects conducted by the United States Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) aimed at surveilling, infiltrating, discrediting, and disrupting domestic political organizations.[3]

The FBI has used covert operations against domestic political groups since its inception; however, covert operations under the official COINTELPRO label took place between 1956 and 1971.[4]  COINTELPRO tactics are still used to this day, and have been alleged to include discrediting targets through psychological warfare; smearing individuals and groups using forged documents and by planting false reports in the media; harassment; wrongful imprisonment; and illegal violence, including assassination.[5][6][7] The FBI’s stated motivation was “protecting national security, preventing violence, and maintaining the existing social and political order.”[8]

For 15 years (1956-1971) the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) ran a broad and highly coordinated domestic intelligence / counterintelligence program known as COINTELPRO (COunter INTELligence PROgrams). What was originally deemed as a justifiable effort to protect the US during the Cold War from Soviet and Communist threats and infiltration, soon devolved into a program for suppressing domestic dissent and spying on American citizens. Approximately 20,000 people were investigated by the FBI based only on their political views and beliefs. Most were never suspected of having committed any crime.

The reasoning behind the program, as detailed in a 1976 Senate report, was that the FBI had “the duty to do whatever is necessary to combat perceived threats to the existing social and political order.” The fact that the “perceived threats” were usually American citizens engaging in constitutionally protected behaviour was apparently overlooked. The stated goal of COINTELPRO was to “expose, disrupt, misdirect, discredit, or otherwise neutralize” any individual or group deemed to be subversive or a threat to the established power structure.

The FBI’s techniques were often extreme, with the agency being complicit in the murder and assassination of political dissidents, or having people sent away to prison for life. Some of the more “moderate” actions that were used were blackmail, spreading false rumors, intimidation and harassment. It has been argued that the US is unique in that it is the only Western industrialized democracy to have engaged in such a wide spread and well organized domestic surveillance program. It finally came to an end in 1971 when it was threatened with public exposure.

Or did it?

In a stunning revelation from the Partnership for Civil Justice Fund (PCJF), it appears that COINTELPRO is alive and well. Through a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request, PCJF was able to obtain documents showing how the FBI was treating the Occupy Wall Street (OWS) movement, from its inception, as a potential criminal and domestic terrorist threat. This despite the FBI’s own acknowledgement that the OWS organizers themselves planned on engaging in peaceful and popular protest and did not “condone the use of violence.”  (see article below by)

The return of cointelpro: the disinformation war on free speech

 

 

How DoIntelPro really works

 

Image result for pictures of cointelpro

 

 

 

cointelpro: what really happened

 

The Patriot Act

 

The USA Freedom Act

 

http://www.thetalkingdrum.com/cointelpro.html

http://www.whatreallyhappened.com/RANCHO/POLITICS/COINTELPRO/USDomCovOps1.html

 

Connecting the Dots

~ DC ~ Leave a comment

Connecting the Dots to the “Nazification” of America has it’s roots in Operation Paperclip (see Wiki Operation Paperclip),  and many other secret government policy decisions this country addopted in the fear of combating global supremacy.  Ironically the race for supremacy we attained in the aftermath of WWII became the dream of the NWO and global supremacy of all people and probably has roots prior to all major wars in the last several centuries.  Follow the money trail, read the real history of how wars were started and who benefited from them, and then you can extract the honest reasons for such occurrences.  After successful implementation of a central bank, after successful implementation of the shadow government and secret societies in our nation’s history, and the appointments of people who have been inserted in high ranking positions doing the bidding of these elite conspirators pulling the strings behind the curtains of scrutiny is the blueprint for the largest conspiracy ever devised.

177 Years ago Abraham Lincoln warned that our demise as a nation would come from within.  Speaking in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, January 27, 1838, Mr. Lincoln was discussing what foreign power could invade and crush the United States.  He came to the conclusion that none could.  He continued and asked, “At what point then is the approach of danger to be expected?  I answer if it ever reach us, it must spring up amongst us.  It cannot come from abroad.  If destruction be our lot, we ourselves must be its author and finisher.  As a nation of freemen, we must live through all time, or die by the sword.”

Dwight D. Eisenhower warns us of the Military Industrial Complex over 50 years ago.

“Until the latest of our world conflicts, the United States had no armaments industry. American makers of plowshares could, with time and as required, make swords as well.

But now we can no longer risk emergency improvisation of national defense; we have been compelled to create a permanent armaments industry of vast proportions. Added to this, three and a half million men and women are directly engaged in the defense establishment. We annually spend on military security more than the net income of all United States corporations.

This conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence — economic, political, even spiritual — is felt in every city, every state house, every office of the Federal government.

We recognize the imperative need for this development. Yet we must not fail to comprehend its grave implications. Our toil, resources and livelihood are all involved; so is the very structure of our society.

In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist.

We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or democratic processes. We should take nothing for granted.

Only an alert and knowledgeable citizenry can compel the proper meshing of the huge industrial and military machinery of defense with our peaceful methods and goals, so that security and liberty may prosper together.”

John F. Kennedy’s speech before he was assassinated warned us of secret societies from within 16 years after the end of WWII……

Kennedy Speech April 27, 1961

“…I want to talk about our common responsibilities in the face of a common danger.  The events of recent weeks may have helped to illuminate that challenge for some; but the dimensions of its threat have loomed large on the horizon for many years. Whatever our hopes may be for the future–for reducing this threat or living with it–there is no escaping either the gravity or the totality of its challenge to our survival and to our security–a challenge that confronts us in unaccustomed ways in every sphere of human activity.

This deadly challenge imposes upon our society two requirements of direct concern both to the press and to the President–two requirements that may seem almost contradictory in tone, but which must be reconciled and fulfilled if we are to meet this national peril. I refer, first, to the need for a far greater public information; and, second, to the need for far greater official secrecy.

The very word “secrecy” is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings.  We decided long ago that the dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of pertinent facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to justify it.  Even today, there is little value in opposing the threat of a closed society by imitating its arbitrary restrictions. Even today, there is little value in insuring the survival of our nation if our traditions do not survive with it.  And there is very grave danger that an announced need for increased security will be seized upon by those anxious to expand its meaning to the very limits of official censorship and concealment.  That I do not intend to permit to the extent that it is in my control.  And no official of my Administration, whether his rank is high or low, civilian or military, should interpret my words here tonight as an excuse to censor the news, to stifle dissent, to cover up our mistakes or to withhold from the press and the public the facts they deserve to know….”

 I

After WWII ended in 1945, victorious Russian and American intelligence teams began a treasure hunt throughout occupied Germany for military and scientific booty.  They were looking for things like new rocket and aircraft designs, medicines, and electronics.  But they were also hunting down the most precious “spoils” of all: the scientists whose work had nearly won the war for Germany.  The engineers and intelligence officers of the Nazi War Machine.

The U.S. Military rounded up Nazi scientists and brought them to America.  It had originally intended merely to debrief them and send them back to Germany.  But when it realized the extent of the scientists knowledge and expertise, the War Department decided it would be a waste to send the scientists home.  Following the discovery of flying discs (foo fighters), particle/laser beam weaponry in German military bases, the War Department decided that NASA and the CIA must control this technology, and the Nazi engineers that had worked on this technology.

There was only one problem: it was illegal.  U.S. law explicitly prohibited Nazi officials from immigrating to America–and as many as three-quarters of the scientists in question had been committed Nazis.

Data-Points:

Convinced that German scientists could help America’s postwar efforts, President Harry Truman agreed in September 1946 to authorize “Project Paperclip,” a program to bring selected German scientists to work on America’s behalf during the “Cold War”

However, Truman expressly excluded anyone found “to have been a member of the Nazi party and more than a nominal participant in its activities, or an active supporter of Naziism or militarism.”

The War Department’s Joint Intelligence Objectives Agency (JIOA) conducted background investigations of the scientists.  In February 1947, JIOA Director Bosquet Wev submitted the first set of scientists’ dossiers to the State and Justice Departments for review.

The Dossiers were damning. Samauel Klaus, the State Departments representative on the JIOA board, claimed that all the scientists in this first batch were “ardent Nazis.”  Their visa requests were denied.

Wev was furious.  He wrote a memo warning that “the best interests of the United States have been subjugated to the efforts expended in ‘beating a dead Nazi horse.'”  He also declared that the return of these scientists to Germany, where they could be exploited by America’s enemies, presented a “far greater security threat to this country than any former Nazi affiliations which they may have had or even any Nazi sympathies that they may still have.”

When the JIOA formed to investigate the backgrounds and form dossiers on the Nazis, the Nazi Intelligence leader Reinhard Gehlen met with the CIA director Allen Dulles.  Dulles and Gehlen hit it off immediately.  Gehlen was a master spy for the Nazis and had infiltrated Russia with his vast Nazi Intelligence network. Dulles promised Gehlen that his Intelligence unit was safe in the CIA.

Apparently, Wev decided to sidestep the problem.  Dulles had the scientists dossier’s re-written to eliminate incriminating evidence.  As promised, Allen Dulles delivered the Nazi Intelligence unit to the CIA, which later opened many umbrella projects stemming from Nazi mad research. (MK-ULTRA / ARTICHOKE, OPERATION MIDNIGHT CLIMAX)

Military Intelligence “cleansed” the files of Nazi references.  By 1955, more than 760 German scientists had been granted citizenship in the U.S. and given prominent positions in the American scientific community.  Many had been longtime members of the Nazi party and the Gestapo, had conducted experiments on humans at concentration camps, had used slave labor, and had committed other war crimes.

In a 1985 expose in the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists Linda Hunt wrote that she had examined more than 130 reports on Project Paperclip subjects–and every one “had been changed to eliminate the security threat classification.”

President Truman, who had explicitly ordered no committed Nazis to be admitted under Project Paperclip, was evidently never aware that his directive had been violated.  State Department archives and the memoirs of officials from that era confirm this.  In fact, according to Clare[nce] Lasby’s book [Project] Paperclip, project officials “covered their designs with such secrecy that it bedeviled their own President; at Potsdam he denied their activities and undoubtedly enhanced Russian suspicion and distrust,” quite possibly fueling the Cold War even further.

A good example of how these dossiers were changed is the case of Wernher von Braun.  A September 18, 1947, report on the German rocket scientist stated, “Subject is regarded as a potential security threat by the Military Governor.”

The following February, a new security evaluation of Von Braun said, “No derogatory information is available on the subject…It is the opinion of the Military Governor that he may not constitute a security threat to the United States.”

Here are a few of the 700 suspicious characters who were allowed to immigrate through Project Paperclip.

ARTHUR RUDOLPH

During the war, Rudolph was operations director of the Mittelwerk factory at the Dora-Nordhausen concentration camps, where 20,000 workers died from beatings, hangings, and starvation.  Rudolph had been a member of the Nazi party since 1931; a 1945 military file on him said simply: “100% Nazi, dangerous type, security threat..!! Suggest internment.”

But the JIOA’s final dossier on him said there was “nothing in his records indicating that he was a war criminal or and ardent Nazi or otherwise objectionable.”  Rudolph became a US citizen and later designed the Saturn 5 rocket used in the Apollo moon landings.  In 1984, when his war record was finally investigated, he fled to West Germany.

WERNHER VON BRAUN

From 1937 to 1945, von Braun was the technical director of the Peenemunde rocket research center, where the V-2 rocket –which devastated England–was developed.  As noted previously, his dossier was rewritten so he didn’t appear to have been an enthusiastic Nazi.

Von Braun worked on guided missiles for the U.S. Army and was later director of NASA’s Marshall Space Flight Center.  He became a celebrity in the 1950s and early 1960s, as one of Walt Disney’s experts on the “World of Tomorrow.”  In 1970, he became NASA’s associate administrator.

KURT BLOME

A high-ranking Nazi scientist, Blome told U.S. military interrogators in 1945 that he had been ordered 1943 to experiment with plague vaccines on concentration camp prisoners.  He was tried at Nuremberg in 1947 on charges of practicing euthanasia (extermination of sick prisoners), and conducting experiments on humans.  Although acquitted, his earlier admissions were well known, and it was generally accepted that he had indeed participated in the gruesome experiments.

Two months after his Nuremberg acquittal, Blome was interviewed at Camp David, Maryland, about biological warfare.  In 1951, he was hired by the U.S. Army Chemical Corps to work on chemical warfare.  His file neglected to mention Nuremberg.

MAJOR GENERAL WALTER SCHREIBER

According to Linda Hunt’s article, the US military tribunal at Nuremberg heard evidence that “Schreiber had assigned doctors to experiment on concentration camp prisoners and had made funds available for such experimentation.”  The assistant prosecutor said the evidence would have convicted Schreiber if the Soviets, who held him from 1945 to 1948, had made him available for trial.

Again, Schreiber’s Paperclip file made no mention of this evidence; the project found work for him at the Air Force School of Medicine at Randolph Field in Texas.  When columnist Drew Pearson publicized the Nuremberg evidence in 1952, the negative publicity led the JIOA, says Hunt, to arrange “a visa and a job for Schreiber in Argentina, where his daughter was living.”  On May 22, 1952, he was flown to Buenos Aires.

HERMANN BECKER-FREYSING and SIEGFRIED RUFF

These two, along with Blome, were among the 23 defendants in the Nuremberg War Trials “Medical Case.”  Becker-Freysing was convicted and sentenced to 20 years in prison for conducting experiments on Dachau inmates, such as starving them, then force-feeding them sea water that had been chemically altered to make it drinkable.  Ruff was acquitted (in a close decision) on charges that he had killed as many as 80 Dachau inmates in a low-pressure chamber designed to simulate altitudes in excess of 60,000 feet.  Before their trial, Becker-Freysing and Ruff were paid by the Army Air Force to write reports about their grotesque experiments.

GENERAL REINHARD GEHLEN

It was five years after the end of WWII but one of Hitler’s chief intelligence officers was still on the job.  From a walled-in compound in Bavaria, General Reinhard Gehlen oversaw a vast network of intelligence agents spying on Russia.  His top aides were Nazi zealots who had committed some of the most notorious crimes of the war.  Gehlen and his SS united were hired, and swiftly became agents of the CIA when they revealed their massive records on the Soviet Union to the US.

Gehlen derived much of his information from his role in one of the most terrible atrocities of the war: the torture, interrogation and murder by starvation of some four million Soviet prisoners.  Prisoners who refused to cooperate were often tortured or summarily executed.  May were executed even after they had given information, while others were simply left to starve to death.  As a result, Gehlend and members of his organization maneuvered to make sure they were captured by advancing American troops rather than Russians, who would have executed them immediately.

Two months before Germany surrendered in 1945, the Gehlen organization made its move.  “Gehlen and a small group of his most senior officers carefully microfilmed the vast holding on the USSR in the military section of the German army’s general staff.  They packed the film in watertight steel drums and secretly buried it in a remote mountain meadow scattered throughout the Austrian Alps.

General William Donovan and Allen Dulles of the CIA were tipped off about Gehlen’s surrender and his offer of Russian intelligence in exchange for a job.  The CIA was soon jockeying with military intelligence for authority over Gehlen’s microfilmed records–and control of the German spymaster.  Dulles arranged for a private intelligence facility in West Germany to be established, and named it the Geheln Organization.  Gehlen promised not to hire any former SS, SD, or Gestapo members; he hired them anyway, and the CIA did not stop him.  Two of Gehlen’s early recruits were Emil Augsburg and Dr. Franz Six, who had been part of mobile killing squads, which killed Jews, intellectuals, and Soviet partisans wherever they found them.  Other early recruits included Willi Krichbaum, senior Gestapo leader for southeastern Europe, and the Gestapo chiefs of Paris and Kiel, Germany.

With the encouragement of the CIA, Gehlen Org (Licio Gelli) set up “rat lines” to get Nazi war criminals out of Europe so they wouldn’t be prosecuted. By setting up transit camps and issuing phony passports, the Gehlen Org helped more than 5,000 Nazis leave Europe and relocate around the world, especially in South and Central America.  There, mass murderers like Klaus Barbie (the butcher of Lyons) helped governments set up death squads in Chile, Argentina, El Salvador, and elsewhere.

KLAUS BARBIE

Known as the Nazi butcher of Lyons, France during World War II, Barbie was part of the SS which was responsible for the and death of thousands of French people under the Germany occupation.

HEINRICH RUPP

Some of Rupp’s best work was done for the CIA, after he was imported in Operation Paperclip. Rupp has been convicted of bank fraud.  He was an operative for the CIA and is deeply involved in the Savings and Loan scandals.  A federal jury has indicated they believe testimony that Rupp, the late CIA Director William Casey – then Reagan’s campaign manager, and Donald Gregg, now U.S. Ambassador to South Korea, flew with George Bush to Paris in 1980, during the election in which Bush was on the ticket with Ronald Reagan.  The testimony states that three meetings were held on October 19 and 20 at the Hotel Florida and Hotel Crillion.  The subject? According to the court testimony, the meetings were to sabotage President Jimmy Carter’s reelection campaign by delaying the release of American hostages in Iran.  The hostages were released on January 20, 1981, right after Reagan and Bush were sworn into office. Iran was promised return of its frozen assets in the United States and the foundation for the Iran- Contra deal was set into motion.

LICIO GELLI

Head of a 2400 member secret Masonic Lodge, P2, a neo-fascist organization, in Italy that catered to only the elite, Gelli had high connections in the Vatican, even though he was not a Catholic.  P2’s membership is totally secret and not even available to its Mother Lodge in England. Gelli was responsible for providing Argentina with the Exocet missile.  He was a double agent for the CIA and the KGB.  He assisted many former Nazi high officials in their escape from Europe to Central America.  He had close ties with the Italian Mafia.  Gelli was a close associate of Benito Mussolini.  He was also closely affiliated with Roberto Calvi, head of the scandal-ridden Vatican Bank. Calvi was murdered. Gelli’s secret lodge consisted of extremely important people, including armed forces commanders, secret service chiefs, head of Italy’s financial police, 30 generals, eight admirals, newspaper editors, television and top business executives and key bankers – including Calvi. Licio Gelli and others in P2 were behind the assasination of Pope John Paul I.

The central figure in Europe and South America that linked the CIA, Masonic Lodge, Vatican, ex-Nazis and several South American governments, the Italian government and several international banks was Licio Gelli.  He, with Klaus Barbie and Heinrich Rupp, met with Ronald R. Rewald in Uruguay to arrange for the Argentine purchase of the French-made Exocet missile, used in the Falkland Island attack to kill british soldiers.

Who is Gelli and why was he so important?

To understand Gelli, one must understand the complex post war years of Europe. The biggest threat to Europe in pre-war times was Communism – it was the great fear of Communism that gave birth to the Fascists and the Nazis.  Though both sides were dreaded, the Fascists represented right-wing government, while the Communist represent left-wing government.  It was the right-wing that the United States and the Catholic Church desired over Communism – because Communism would destroy the capitalistic system.  This is why the CIA and the Vatican had go through with Operation Paperclip.  The Nazis had massive amounts of Soviet intelligence, had infiltrated Communist partisans, and were in no way going to be given up to the Soviet Union.

Gelli worked both sides.  He helped to found the Red Brigade, spied on Communist partisans and worked for the Nazis at the same time, a double agent. He helped establish the Rat Line, which assisted the flight of high ranking Nazi officials from Europe to South America, with passports supplied by the Vatican and with the full acknowledgment and blessing of the United States intelligence community.  While on one hand, the U.S. participated in the war crime tribunals of key Nazi officials and maintained an alliance with the Communist Soviet Union, secretly, the U.S. was preparing for the cold war and needed the help of Nazis in the eventual struggle the U.S. would have with the Soviet Union. Gelli’s agreement with U.S. intelligence to spy on the Communists after the war was instrumental in saving his life.  He was responsible for the murder and torture of hundreds of Yugoslavian partisans.

The Vatican provided support to Nazis and Fascists because the Communists were the real threat to the Church’s survival.  The Italian Communists would have taxed the Church’s vast holdings and the Church has had a dismal experience with Communist governments throughout the world – where religious freedom was stamped out.

Gelli was well connected with the Vatican from the days of the Rat Line and he worked for American intelligence, as well. Gelli formed the P-2 Masonic Lodge-which did not follow the direction of any Grand Lodge-and it was supplied with a sum of $10 million a month by the CIA.  Its membership was a Who’s Who in the intelligence, military and Italian community.  So prominent was Gelli’s influence, that he was even a guest of honor at the 1981 inauguration of President Ronald Reagan.

Gelli used blackmail in order to gain prominent members of his P-2 lodge, its membership is estimated at 2400 members, including 300 of the most powerful men in the Western World..  He was a close friend of Pope Paul VI, Juan Peron of Argentina, Libyan Dictator Muammar el-Qaddafi, and many high officials in the Italian and American governments – he is also reported to have had some financial dealings with the George Bush for President campaign.

Gelli and his P-2 lodge had staggering connections to banking, intelligence and diplomatic passports.  The CIA poured hundreds of millions of dollars into Italy in the form of secret subsidies for political parties, labor unions and communications businesses.  At the same time the Agency continued its relationship with far- right and violent elements as a back-up should a coup be needed to oust a possible Communist government.  This covert financing was exposed by the Prime Minister of Italy in a speech to Parliament.  He indicates that more than 600 people in Italy still remain on the payroll of the CIA. Licio Gelli was an ardent Nazi and a perfect asset of the CIA. As part of Reinhard Gehlen’s intelligence team, he had excellent contacts. Licio was the go between for the CIA and the Vatican through his P2 Lodge.

Project Paperclip was stopped in 1957, when West Germany protested to the U.S. that these efforts had stripped it of “scientific skills.”  There was no comment about supporting Nazis.  Paperclip may have ended in 1957, but as you can see from Licio Gelli and his international dealings with the CIA in Italy/P2, and Heinrich Rupp with his involvement in October Surprise, the ramifications of Paperclip are world-wide.  The Nazis became employed CIA agents, engaging in clandestine work with the likes of George Bush, the CIA, Henry Kissinger, and the Masonic P2 lodge.  This is but one of the results of Operation Paperclip.  Another umbrella project that was spawned from Paperclip was MK-ULTRA.

A secret laboratory was established and funded by CIA director, Allen Dulles in Montreal, Canada at McGill University in the Allen Memorial Institute headed by psychiatrist Dr. Ewen Cameron.  For the next several years Dr. Ewen Cameron waged his private war in Canada.  What is ironic about Dr. Cameron is that he served as a member of the Nuremberg tribunal who heard the cases against the Nazi doctors.

When it was at its height in drug experiments, operation MK-ULTRA was formed. This was the brainchild of Richard Helms who later came to be a CIA director.  It was designed to defeat the “enemy” in its brain-washing techniques.  MK-ULTRA had another arm involved in Chemical and Biological Warfare (CBW) known as MK-DELTA.  The “doctors” who participated in these experiments used some of the same techniques as the Nazi “doctors”. Techniques used by Dr. Cameron and previous Nazi scientists include electro shock, sleep deprivation, memory implantation, memory erasure, sensory modification, psychoactive drug experiments, and many more cruel practices.

Project Paperclip brought us MK-ULTRA.  Paperclip ultimately brought in key players involved in the Assassination of Pope 1, October Surprise (sabotage of Carter’s peace talks), and a great many other things still classified to this day.  The results of Project Paperclip were devastating, and very far reaching.  I guess that is what you would expect from collaborating with Nazis.

This research shows that the OSS/CIA that was formed in the National Security Act, the same agency that employed hundreds of Nazis, has been in alliance with the Vatican through various Agency connections such as Licio Gelli.  The CIA/Vatican alliance that Assassinated Pope John Paul 1, JFK, and hundreds of dictators of 3rd world countries is the Illuminati.

The Bavarian Illuminati has been around for centuries in one way or another.  It’s presence in the 20th century is the direct result of the Nazis.  The Nazi connections to the occult and the Bavarian Thule Society were parallel to the American members of 33rd degree Freemasonry.  When the Operation Paperclip was successfully executed, the Nazi element of the Bavarian Thule society was fused with the American members of Freemasonry to create the Illuminati.

Operation Paperclip, MK-ULTRA, October Surprise, and George Bush are all facets of the Illuminati, a group whose ideals are rooted in the occult, and dedicated to world domination.

Soon after the American Revolution, John Robinson, a professor of rural philosophy at Edinburgh University in Scotland and member of a Freemason lodge, said that he was asked to join the Illuminati.  After studying the group, he concluded that the purposes of the Illuminati were not compatible with his beliefs.

In 1798, he published a book called Proofs Of A Conspiracy, which states:

“An association has been formed for the express purpose of rooting out all the religious establishments and overturning all the existing governments…. The leaders would rule the World with uncontrollable power, while all the rest would be employed as tools of the ambition of their unknown superiors.”

The CIA and the Vatican have rooted out all the religious establishments in the world.  The CIA has overthrown and set up dictators under their control all over the world. The CIA and the Vatican have fulfilled the purpose of the Illuminati. The CIA and the Vatican are the Illuminati.

Bibliography:

II

Zionism and Illuminati goals similarities

There are a lot of similarities between Illuminati and the Zionism.  In these documents we have eliminated some of the both groups’ goals and you can compare them by yourself.  Illuminati goals are from the “21 Goals of the Illuminati and the Committee of 300” by Dr. John Coleman.
Photo of a medal struck by the Nazis (Goebbels) to commemorate Zionist “friendship”. Nazism and Zionism were two sides of the same Illuminati coin.

The goals of Zionists are summarized from the famous book “The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion”.

21 Goals of the Illuminati and the Committee of 300
1. To establish a One World Government/New World Order with a unified church and monetary system under their direction. The One World Government began to set up its church in the 1920:s and 30:s, for they realized the need for a religious belief inherent in mankind must have an outlet and, therefore, set up a “church” body to channel that belief in the direction they desired.

2. To bring about the utter destruction of all national identity and national pride, which this was a primary consideration if the concept of a One World Government was to work.
3. To engineer and bring about the destruction of religion, and more especially, the Christian Religion, with the one exception, their own creation, as mentioned above.
4. To establish the ability to control of each and every person through means of mind control and what Zbignew Brzezinski called techonotronics, which would create human-like robots and a system of terror which would make Felix Dzerzinhski’s Red Terror look like children at play.
5. To bring about the end to all industrialization and the production of nuclear generated electric power in what they call “the post-industrial zero-growth society”. Excepted are the computer- and service industries. US industries that remain will be exported to countries such as Mexico where abundant slave labor is available. As we saw in 1993, this has become a fact through the passage of the North American Free Trade Agreement, known as NAFTA. Unemployables in the US, in the wake of industrial destruction, will either become opium-heroin and/or cocaine addicts, or become statistics in the elimination of the “excess population” process we know of today as Global 2000.
6. To encourage, and eventually legalize the use of drugs and make pornography an “art-form”, which will be widely accepted and, eventually, become quite commonplace.

7. To bring about depopulation of large cities according to the trial run carried out by the Pol Pot regime in Cambodia. It is interesting to note that Pol Pot’s genocidal plans were drawn up in the US by one of the Club of Rome’s research foundations, and overseen by Thomas Enders, a high-ranking State Department official. It is also interesting that the committee is currently seeking to reinstate the Pol Pot butchers in Cambodia.

8. To suppress all scientific development except for those deemed beneficial by the Illuminati. Especially targeted is nuclear energy for peaceful purposes. Particularly hated are the fusion experiments currently being scorned and ridiculed by the Illuminati and its jackals of the press. Development of the fusion torch would blow the Illuminati’s conception of “limited natural resources” right out of the window. A fusion torch, properly used, could create unlimited and as yet untapped natural resources, even from the most ordinary substances. Fusion torch uses are legion, and would benefit mankind in a manner which, as yet, is not even remotely comprehended by the public.

9. To cause. by means of limited wars in the advanced countries, by means of starvation and diseases in the Third World countries, the death of three billion people by the year 2050, people they call “useless eaters”. The Committee of 300 (Illuminati) commissioned Cyrus Vance to write a paper on this subject of how to bring about such genocide. The paper was produced under the title “Global 2000 Report” and was accepted and approved for action by former President James Earl Carter, and Edwin Muskie, then Secretary of States, for and on behalf of the US Government. Under the terms of the Global 2000 Report, the population of the US is to be reduced by 100 million by the year of 2050.

10. To weaken the moral fiber of the nation and to demoralize workers in the labor class by creating mass unemployment. As jobs dwindle due to the postindustrial zero growth policies introduced by the Club of Rome, the report envisages demoralized and discouraged workers resorting to alcohol and drugs. The youth of the land will be encouraged by means of rock music and drugs to rebel against the status quo, thus undermining and eventually destroying the family unit. In this regard, the Committee commissioned Tavistock Institute to prepare a blueprint as to how this could be achieved. Tavistock directed Stanford Research to undertake the work under the direction of Professor Willis Harmon. This work later became known as the “Aquarian Conspiracy”.

11. To keep people everywhere from deciding their own destinies by means of one created crisis after another and then “managing” such crises. This will confuse and demoralize the population to the extent where faced with too many choices, apathy on a massive scale will result. In the case of the US, an agency for Crisis Management is already in place. It is called the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), whose existence I first enclosed in 1980.

12. To introduce new cults and continue to boost those already functioning which include rock music gangsters such as the Rolling Stones (a gangster group much favored by European Black Nobility), and all of the Tavistock-created rock groups which began with the Beatles.

13. To continue to build up the cult of Christian Fundamentalism begun by the British East India Company’s servant Darby, which will be misused to strengthen the Zionist State of Israel by identifying with the Jews through the myth of “God’s chosen people”, and by donating very substantial amounts of money to what they mistakenly believe is a religious cause in the furtherance of Christianity.

14. To press for the spread of religious cults such as the Moslem Brotherhood, Moslem Fundamentalism, the Sikhs, and to carry out mind control experiments of the Jim Jones and “Son of Sam” type. It is worth noting that the late Khomeini was a creation of British Military Intelligence Div. 6, MI6. This detailed work spelled out the step-by-step process which the US Government implemented to put Khomeini in power.

15. To export “religious liberation” ideas around the world so as to undermine all existing religions, but more especially the Christian religion. This began with the “Jesuit Liberation Theology”, that brought an end to the Somoza Family rule in Nicaragua, and which today is destroying El Salvador, now 25 years into a “civil war”. Costa Rica and Honduras are also embroiled in revolutionary activities, instigated by the Jesuits. One very active entity engaged in the so-called liberation theology, is the Communist-oriented Mary Knoll Mission. This accounts for the extensive media attention to the murder of four of Mary Knoll’s so-called nuns in El Salvador a few years ago. The four nuns were Communist subversive agents and their activities were widely documented by the Government of El Salvador. The US press and the new media refused to give any space or coverage to the mass of documentation possessed by the Salvadorian Government, which proved what the Mary Knoll Mission nuns were doing in the country. Mary Knoll is in service in many countries, and placed a leading role in bringing Communism to Rhodesia, Moçambique, Angola and South Africa.

16. To cause a total collapse of the world’s economies and engender total political chaos.

17. To take control of all foreign and domestic policies of the US.

18. To give the fullest support to supranational institutions such as the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Bank of International Settlements, the World Court and, as far as possible, make local institutions less effective, by gradually phasing them out or bringing them under the mantle of the UN.

19. To penetrate and subvert all governments, and work from within them to destroy the sovereign integrity of the nations represented by them.

20. To organize a world-wide terrorist apparatus and to negotiate with terrorists whenever terrorist activities take place. It will be recalled that it was Bettino Craxi, who persuaded the Italian and US Governments to negotiate with the Red Brigades kidnapers of Prime Minister Moro and General Dozier. As an aside, Dozier was placed under strict orders not to talk what happened to him. Should he ever break that silence, he will no doubt be made “a horrible example of”, in the manner in which Henry Kissinger dealt with Aldo Moro, Ali Bhutto and General Zia ul Haq.

21. To take control of education in America with the intent and purpose of utterly and completely destroying it. By 1993, the full force effect of this policy is becoming apparent, and will be even more destructive as primary and secondary schools begin to teach “Outcome Based Education” (OBE).

 The Protocols Of Zion – A one page summary

Goyim (gentiles and non-Jewish people) are mentally inferior to Jews and can’t run their nations properly. For their sake and also Jews, Zionists need to abolish their governments and replace them with a single government. This will take a long time and involve much bloodshed, but it’s for a good cause. The acts are defined as following:

  • Place Zionist agents and helpers everywhere in the world supporting a Jewish state
  • Take control of the media and use it in propaganda for Zionist plans
  • Start conflicts and fights between different races, classes and religions prevent unities
  • There would be no problem using bribery, threats and blackmail through the plan
  • Use Freemasonic Lodges to attract potential public officials
  • Appeal to successful people’s egos
  • Appoint puppet leaders who can be controlled by blackmail
  • Replace royal rule with socialist rule, then communism, then despotism
  • Abolish all rights and freedoms, except the right of force by Zionists
  • Sacrifice people (including Jews sometimes) when necessary
  • Eliminate religion; replace it with science and materialism
  • Control the education system to spread deception and destroy intellect
  • Rewrite history to Zionists benefit
  • Create entertaining distractions to use on people of the world
  • Corrupt minds with filth and perversion
  • Encourage people to spy on one another
  • Keep the masses in poverty and perpetual labor
  • Take possession of all wealth, property and (especially) gold
  • Use gold to manipulate the markets, cause depressions etc.
  • Introduce a progressive tax on wealth
  • Replace sound investment with speculation
  • Make long-term interest-bearing loans to governments
  • Give bad advice to governments and their people Eventually the Goyim will be so angry with their governments (because Zionists would blame them for the resulting mess) that they’ll gladly have the ruling societies (or the Zionists) take over.  Zionists will then appointa descendant of Davidto be king of the world, and the remaining Goyim will bow down and sing his praises.  Everyone will live in peace and obedient order under his glorious rule

III

9/11: Israel’s Grand Deception

Source: Mask of Zion

by Jonathan Azaziah
Friday, September 17, 2010

When an event occurs that changes the dynamics of the geopolitical spectrum, there is only one question that needs to be asked, no matter what kind of information is being force-fed to the public by the Zionist media: Who does this event benefit?  The answer to this question is always: the Zionist elite.  The official story presented to the masses in the laughable (and criminally false) 9/11 Commission Report, overseen by Zionist Philip Zelikow, is so dubious and so nonsensical in its arrogance, it is truly amazing that the story was swallowed by the world’s population as truth to begin with.  It doesn’t take a scientist, an architect, or an engineer to determine that something other than planes brought down the Twin Towers and Building 7 at free-fall speed on that infamous day. Al-Qaeda, Arabic for ‘The Base’ (because it was the CIA’s base of operations in Afghanistan), was not behind the September Eleventh attacks – the Mossad and its Zionist criminal network were.

Shocking Prediction or Evidence of Planning?

On September 23, 1979, a very disturbing interview took place between Zionist Michael D. Evans and founder of the Mossad, Isser Harel.  Evans asked the former director of the Mossad if (Islamic) terrorism will eventually come to America.  Harel proceeded to tell the American Zionist that terrorism will indeed come to the United States: the attack will take place in New York City, and it will be on its tallest building (1).  Isser Harel was asked to step down from his post as Mossad chief by the architect of al-Nakbah and notorious racist David Ben-Gurion, because his terrorist tactics were drawing too much attention to the Zionist State. Harel was behind the failed Lavon Affair of 1954, in which Egyptian-Israeli agents placed bombs inside British, American, and Egyptian targets, hoping Muslim groups would be blamed and Western relations with Egypt would be irrevocably damaged.  He was also responsible for ‘Operation Damocles’, which left scores of German scientists, writers, and public officials dead under the guise of ‘Nazi-hunting’ (2).  After his resignation and subsequent ‘retirement’, Harel remained involved with Mossad, serving as a consultant and advisor to the terrorist agency before it released any information to the public (3).

Harel’s Hand Surfaces Again

Avraham Bendor, former head of Shin Bet, and Peter Zvi Malkin, agents that worked with Harel since he founded Mossad, gained control of the World Trade Center’s security through an agreement with the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey in 1987.  The name of the company was Atwell Security of Tel Aviv, a subsidiary of Eisenberg Group, owned by Israeli tycoon and Mossad-connected arms dealer, Shaul Eisenberg.  The agreement was terminated shortly thereafter for what Edward J. O’Sullivan, the Port Authority’s Director of Special Plans, called “a lack of satisfaction”.  The executive director of the Port Authority at the time, who exerted the pressure on O’Sullivan, was Stephen Berger, who has deep connections with other criminals in the Zionist network behind the 9/11 attacks, including Larry Silverstein, the current leaseholder of the World Trade Center (4).  It is illogical to believe that the executive director of the Port Authority, a Zionist himself, would hire an Israeli company directly connected to Mossad for World Trade Center security, then terminate the agreement for something as vague as “lack of satisfaction”.  It is logical, however, when considering the facts that will be uniformly laid out later in this article: this agreement was initiated and kept in place just long enough for blueprints and intelligence to be gathered for what was being planned by Mossad for the future.

The False Flag of 1993

Ramzi Yousef wasn’t the mastermind of the failed attack of February 26, 1993 – just like Osama bin Laden wasn’t the mastermind of the 9/11 operation.  Yousef and his co-conspirators were trained in the art of bomb-making by high-ranking officials in the FBI.  Not only was the FBI aware of the bomb that killed 6 people and injured 1,042, it supervised the process and had dealings with members of Yousef’s group as early as 1991 (5).  Ahmad Ajaj, a Palestinian who was imprisoned in connection with the 1993 bombing, was exposed by investigative reporter Robert Friedman as a Mossad agent who was trained in an Israeli prison.  It was Ajaj who was portrayed by the Zionist media as the ‘author’ of Al-Qaeda terrorist manuals, based on information received by the FBI.  This was a Mossad psyop to establish Ajaj as a ‘legitimate’ activist amongst Palestinians (6).  TriData Corporation, a subsidiary of System Planning Corporation, owned by PNAC member and dual Israeli-American citizen Rabbi Dov Zakheim, was granted the contract to oversee the investigation which commenced after the botched bombing and gained valuable intelligence with its unlimited access to the World Trade Center (7).  Dov Zakheim would play a major role in the 9/11 attack and its cover-up.

Project for the New American Century (PNAC)

In 1997, two neoconservative Zionist commentators, William Kristol and Robert Kagan, founded an ultra-aggressive, militaristic think tank which developed and studied ideas that would expand America’s hegemonic dominion over the globe, in association with emphasizing the necessity of strong relations with the Zionist regime.  Named ‘Project for the New American Century’, it was the single most influential entity in the policy-making decisions of the murderous Bush Administration, with many of its members actually serving in the administration.  In September of 2000, PNAC released a document entitled Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategies, Forces, and Resources for a New Century, which discussed the removal of Saddam Hussein and the total destruction of Iraq as a nation due to its threat to Israel, and suggested America would need to “fight and decisively win multiple, simultaneous major theater wars” to further establish its dominance in the Middle East (8).  The most disturbing part of the document, however, came with its call for a New Pearl Harbor: “Further, the process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event – like a New Pearl Harbor.”  Nobody can deny 9/11 served that exact purpose, galvanizing the American masses behind illegal wars and genocides against Afghanistan and Iraq, all in the name of American patriotism.

Members of PNAC

The authors of Rebuilding America’s Defenses (RAD) were credited as Zionists Donald Kagan (Robert Kagan’s father) and Gary Schmitt, but contributions were provided by many of its elite Zionist members, including: Gary Bauer, Robert Bernstein, US Ambassador to the UN John Bolton, Rudy Boschwitz, former CIA agent William F. Buckley Jr., Frank Carlucci (CIA murderer of Prime Minister of the Congo Patrice Lumumba), war criminal Vice President Dick Cheney, Eliot Cohen, David Epstein, Frank Gaffney, Aaron Friedberg, Charles Krauthammer, aide to the Vice President Lewis ‘Scooter’ Libby, Lewis Lehrman, Martin Peretz, Richard Perle (who was pegged by the FBI for spying for Israel in the 1970s, but never prosecuted), Norman Podhoretz, AIPAC official Stephen Rosen, war criminal Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld, Randy Scheunemann, Pentagon official Abram Shulsky, architect of the first genocide against Iraq Stephen Solarz, Caspar Weinberger, architect of the second genocide against Iraq Paul Wolfowitz, Heritage Foundation Director Larry Wortzel, and Rabbi Dov Zakheim (9).  All of these men played their role in the orchestration of the tragic events on 9/11 – whether it was the planning; the propagation of the mythologically false, Zionist media-enforced official story; or the aftermath, with the illegal military occupations overseas.  RAD can easily be found by placing the title into any Internet search engine.

Lies, Myths, and Propaganda of the Official Story

Any independent investigator’s looking into the events leading up to, occurring during, and following 9/11, will automatically lead to their being labeled with the inflammatory and degrading title of ‘conspiracy theorist’; however, a closer look at the evidence proves it is the ludicrous official story that is the only real conspiracy theory.  What the Zionist media has led the masses to believe is that 19 Muslim men, under orders of mastermind Osama bin Laden, with funding from various Muslim charities that were fronts for terrorist operations, hijacked 4 planes with box cutters; bypassed the $400 billion air defense system of the United States; flew the planes into the Twin Towers and the Pentagon, with another plane going down in Shanksville, Pennsylvania; the Twin Towers then collapsed, followed by Building 7 (which wasn’t struck by a plane, but collapsed anyway) several hours later.  Despite the US government’s knowing absolutely nothing about the attacks, it knew who the hijackers were, who plotted the operation, where they were hiding, and how they carried out the terror in a matter of hours – though no formal investigation was conducted.  That is the actual, literal, widely accepted mainstream theory.  And it is pathetic.

There were no Arabic/Islamic names on the passenger lists released by United Airlines and American Airlines (10); so where did the Muslim men come from?  At least 8 of the men who are said to be the suicidal hijackers by the FBI, are actually alive and well in various countries (11).  Osama bin Laden, whose name has been used to justify a genocidal occupation in Afghanistan that has claimed hundreds of thousands of innocent lives, is dead.  It’s been a known fact worldwide that he’s been dead for 9 years; it’s even been reported (perhaps out of intentional arrogance) by Mossad (12).  Osama bin Laden worked for the CIA under the name of Tim Osman, and had numerous personal and financial ventures with the Bush crime family and the corrupt Saudi regime, extracting funds from both of them and taking orders from US intelligence until his death at the very end of 2001.  If the CIA ever had any intention of arresting bin Laden to begin with, they would have done so when bin Laden met with CIA officials in Dubai just two months before 9/11 (13).  All the reports of Muslim charities’ funding terror, the Al-Qaeda videos, and the bin Laden recordings have been the work of two Mossad-connected contractors.  The IntelCenter is run by Mossad agent Ben Venzke, and is notorious for releasing videos of an ‘al-Qaeda’ operative named Adam Yahiye Gadahn, whose real name has been revealed as Adam Pearlman; Pearlman is the grandson of a former director of Israel’s propaganda arm, the ADL of B’nai B’rith (14).  SITE Intelligence Group, founded by former IOF soldier Rita Katz, is the major provider of intelligence on ‘Islamic terror groups’ – not just for the Zionist media, but for the US Government’s agencies as well (15).

The multi-layered, extremely advanced air defense system of the US, along with F-16 responses to any foreign activity in restricted airspace, were rendered ineffective due to three main factors.  The first factor was Vice President Cheney’s issuing stand-down orders from the Presidential Emergency Operations Center (16).  The second factor was the multiple war game exercises being conducted by the American military, that diverted the attention of responders away from the actual attacks (17).  And the final factor, perhaps the most important and most damning piece of evidence, is the subversion of US Government computer networks by a company called Ptech, controlled by yet another Mossad agent, named Michael Goff.  Goff’s father and grandfather were deeply involved in Zionist activities, as their initiation into the B’nai B’rith Commonwealth Lodge in Worcester, Massachusetts confirms (18).  Flight 93, which was the subject of the romanticized Hollywood film United 93, entirely written and produced by Zionists (Kate Solomon, Lloyd Levin, Paul Greengrass, Eric Fellner, Liza Chasin, Michael Bronner, Tim Bevan, and Mairi Bett), did not crash into a field in Pennsylvania. [AD note: There is ample eyewitness, coroner, and local newspaper evidence that a passenger plane was destroyed on 9/11 in Pennsylvania, leaving an 8-mile debris trail (that included fragmented human remains) stretching from Shanksville via Indian Lake to New Baltimore, PA – whatever the specific plane or flight number was.  Readers, if you’re unaware of these reports and are curious to learn more, evidence can easily be found by placing relevant search terms into any Internet search engine – you can take the initiative yourself.]  It landed at Cleveland Hopkins Airport, as was reported by local media on 9/11 (19).  [AD: This was indeed reported – whatever plane it actually was that landed there (perhaps a drone intended to be switched for Flight 93 during the live-fly exercises).  Many questionable or conflicting reports were issued by various media in the confusion of live 9/11 coverage.]  The only plane that hit the Pentagon was an unmanned Global Hawk, and there is eyewitness testimony to substantiate this revelation (20).  [AD: There is considerable dispute as to what flying weapons platform (some say a Douglas A-3 Skywarrior; some say a missile…) struck the Pentagon – a conundrum that was probably pre-scripted in order to trigger fractious debate. Further, there is much evidence that bombs had been pre-placed and were detonated in Wedge 1 of the Pentagon; some sources tell of two explosion events, a number of minutes apart.]

A 32-story Spanish skyscraper, the Windsor Building, burned for 24 hours but remained standing.  The idea of steel-framed buildings collapsing from fire is absolutely asinine.  It has never happened in the history of modern architecture.  1,277 verified architectural and engineering professionals have already signed a petition demanding a reopening of the 9/11 investigation, due to the illegitimacy of the mechanics in the official story.  Professor Steven Jones of BYU discovered thermate and thermite (extremely destructive chemicals used in explosives) in samples he collected from Ground Zero, exposing the truth of a controlled demolition (21).  Ultra-Zionist Larry Silverstein, leaseholder of the Twin Towers and chief asset in the Mossad operation on 9/11, raised the eyebrows of many during an interview with PBS in September of 2002: “I remember getting a call from the, uh, fire department commander, telling me that they were not sure they were going to be able to contain the fire, and I said, ‘You know, we’ve had such terrible loss of life, maybe the smartest thing to do is, is pull it.’ Uh, and they made that decision to pull, and then we watched the building collapse.” (22).  ‘Pull it’ is common terminology used before the demolition of a building.  Silverstein had much to gain from the destruction of the Twin Towers, and even more to gain from the destruction of Building 7, which went down at 5:20 p.m., though it wasn’t struck by a plane.  If there wasn’t anything questionable about the collapse, why wasn’t it mentioned in Zionist Zelikow’s distorted 9/11 Commission Report?

Privatization, Insider Trading, and Profiteering

On July 23, 2001, Zionist Lewis Eisenberg, a prominent member of the pro-Israel Lobby, and the head of the Port Authority at the time, finalized the deal that would privatize the World Trade Center for the first time in its history (23).  Ronald Lauder, of the notorious Zionist company Estée Lauder Cosmetics, is a major player in the pro-Israel Lobby, boasting active membership in the Conference of Presidents of Major American Jewish Organizations, World Jewish Congress, Jewish National Fund, American Jewish Joint Distribution Committee, Abraham Fund, Jewish Theological Seminary, and the ADL of B’nai B’rith.  He also donated a school named after him, the Lauder School of Government, Diplomacy and Strategy, to the Interdisciplinary Center of Herzliya, a Mossad training ground. Lauder was the chairman of two organizations, the New York State Commission on Privatization and the New York State Research Council on Privatization, that introduced the concept of privatization to the Port Authority, and aggressively lobbied for it after the introduction (24).

The new leaseholders were United Jewish Appeal board member, ultra-Zionist Larry Silverstein, and former Haganah terrorist and Golani Brigade commando, billionaire Frank Lowy, whose mall conglomerate Westfield America was guaranteed 427,000 square feet of retail floor space.  Eisenberg, Lauder, Lowy, and Silverstein all had close, friendly ties with Benjamin Netanyahu, Ehud Barak, and Ariel Sharon; Silverstein even had phone conversations with the current Zionist entity prime minister every Sunday (25).  An anti-terrorism insurance contract was established with Swiss Reinsurance, which would pay out $3.5 billion for a single terrorist attack, and an additional payment of the same amount for two terrorist attacks; hence why the Salomon Brothers Building, better known as Building 7, was destroyed.  Silverstein adopted this policy six weeks before 9/11 (26).  Silverstein’s battle with the insurance company was eventually decided in his favor by Zionist Judge Michael Mukasey, who determined that the planes’ crashing into the Twin Towers constituted multiple terror attacks, and the fate of Building 7 wasn’t necessary for the ruling (27).  Mukasey would play a crucial role in discharging the Mossad agents captured on 9/11, and would later go on to become Attorney General for war criminal George W. Bush’s administration (28).

Between August 26th and September 11th 2001, a group of financial speculators, identified as Israeli citizens by the SEC, short sold 38 stocks and purchased put options in mass on Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, AIG, Swiss Re and Munich Re, United Airlines and American Airlines.  All of these companies were directly involved with the 9/11 attacks.  The Israeli speculators were never investigated any further, and they were most certainly not arrested (29).  70,000 tons of World Trade Center steel were shipped to China and India for $120 a ton.  The purchaser of the scrap was Metals Management, owned by Zionist Alan D. Ratner (30).  It is no coincidence that Zionist Michael Bloomberg (31) became mayor of New York right after the 9/11 assault. One of his first acts as mayor was to cover up AIG CEO and Zionist criminal Maurice Greenberg’s put option scam through Bear Stearns and Swiss Reinsurance (32).  It was Bloomberg who awarded the clean-up contract to Ratner’s company so the steel would be disposed of, and to prevent its examination by NIST – which was controlled by yet another Zionist, Stephen Cauffman (33), the “Leader of the Structures Group of the Materials and Construction Research Division”, according to the official NIST website.

John O’Neill: Sabotaged and Murdered

His name is one not known by the majority of the American people, but John P. O’Neill knew more about Tim Osman (Osama bin Laden) than any other person in the world.  He became the FBI’s counterterrorism chief in 1995 and quickly rose through the ranks.  Because of his unorthodox investigative methods and a tendency to go against protocol, it didn’t take long for John O’Neill to come into direct conflict with his superiors.  The FBI higher-ups continuously blocked O’Neill from digging deeper into the ‘Al-Qaeda’ network, starting with the bombing of Khobar Towers in Saudi Arabia (34).  It is of extreme significance to note that the Zionist entity typically and erroneously blamed the attack on Khobar Towers on Hezbollah, the Lebanese resistance movement.  The same type of military-grade explosives used in the truck bomb at Khobar Towers, was used in the 1983 Marine barracks bombing in Lebanon and the assassination of former Lebanese Prime Minister Rafik Hariri.  These two incidents were also blamed on Hezbollah by the usurping Zionist regime.  The Marine barracks bombing has now been linked to Israel by former Mossad agent Victor Ostrovsky (35); the assassination of Hariri has been extensively exposed as an Israeli operation, by Hezbollah Secretary General, his eminence Sayyed Hassan Nasrallah (36).

After the bombings of the US embassies in Nairobi, Kenya and Dar es Salaam, Tanzania, which are now also linked to CIA and Mossad (37), John O’Neill was eager to be involved in the investigation due to the so-called ‘Al-Qaeda’ fingerprints on the attack.  The ‘superiors’ in Washington had a severe dislike for O’Neill, however, and the New York FBI office where O’Neill worked was left out of the loop.  This jaded O’Neill even further, and in October of 2000, the beginning of the end came for O’Neill when he came into conflict with Zionist Ambassador Barbara Bodine over the USS Cole bombing.  O’Neill suspected that the truth of the matter was larger than he had ever imagined, and that ‘Al-Qaeda’ may not have been the main culprit (38).  Bodine received her orders to undermine O’Neill’s team from Zionist Secretary of State Madeleine Albright, the fervent defender of the genocidal sanctions against Iraq.  A former CIA agent echoed O’Neill’s suspicions when he said O’Neill and his team were kicked out of Yemen because they were getting close to uncovering that the US Navy ship wasn’t bombed by ‘Al-Qaeda’, but by an Israeli cruise missile launched from a Zionist Dolphin-class submarine (39).  O’Neill would return home to the United States frustrated, 20 pounds lighter, and in doubt of his future in the intelligence community.  He continued investigating the USS Cole bombing, but was ordered to cease and desist when the FBI pulled out of Yemen.

Less than a month before the September 11th attacks, John O’Neill was forced to step down from his position as counterterrorism chief of the FBI, due to pressure from the Bush Administration and a smear campaign from his FBI bosses (40).  He was approached by Zionist Jerome Hauer of Kroll Inc., founded by Zionist Jules B. Kroll, immediately after he reluctantly resigned from the FBI.  Kroll had gained control of the World Trade Center’s security after the 1993 false flag attack, and it became a wholly owned subsidiary of Marsh & McLennan Companies and AIG, owned by aforementioned Zionist 9/11 accomplice Maurice Greenberg, and later his son Jeffrey Greenberg.  The family of Jerome Hauer had deep Zionist fundraising roots in New York’s Jewish community, and Hauer himself was very close with Larry Silverstein.  Hauer was responsible for placing the Office of Emergency Management inside Building 7, much to the dismay of the NYPD. Classified information linking the CIA and the Zionist companies that profited from insider trading were located in this office (41).

The younger brother of George W. Bush, Marvin Bush, was a director from 1993 until 2000 of the other firm with a security contract for the Twin Towers, called Securacom, later known as Stratesec.  A year before Bush stepped down, his cousin Wirt D. Walker III became Stratesec CEO (42).  Kroll and Securacom were behind the mysterious power-down the weekend prior to 9/11, where masked men entered the Towers with excessively large amounts of wire that they claimed would be used for rerouting internet cables (43).  Though Larry Silverstein had breakfast in the Windows on the World restaurant on the 107th floor of the North Tower every morning (44), he was conveniently absent that fateful morning. Jerome Hauer, Maurice Greenberg and his son, Marvin Bush and Wirt Walker, Jules Kroll, Frank Lowy, Ronald Lauder, and several other key Zionist assets in the Mossad operation were not present in the World Trade Center on 9/11.  John O’Neill, however, went to work like it was a regular day.  The former FBI counter-terrorism chief died in the World Trade Center.  Due to the affiliations of the Zionist personalities involved in smearing him and hiring him as a consultant with Kroll, it would appear O’Neill was murdered.

Re-enter Zakheim and Lauder

Israel is the pioneer of drone technology like remote-controlled planes and armored assault vehicles, and has made billions off of video-game-style murder in occupied Palestine, occupied Kashmir, occupied Iraq, and Lebanon (45).  Remote-controlled vehicles are not something out of a sci-fi film – they are an everyday reality, being used by oppressive regimes worldwide to terrorize civilian populations.  Rabbi Dov Zakheim, the owner of a company that produced such technology, was also Pentagon comptroller from 2001-2004.  Zakheim was in charge of the Department of Defense’s flow of money, and on the day before 9/11/01, war criminal Donald Rumsfeld announced that $2.3 trillion had vanished.  By the time Zakheim stepped down, another trillion dollars had gone missing, totaling $3.3 trillion that seemingly couldn’t be accounted for.  But when the Zionist entity received a weapons package in the form of a military surplus from Bush’s neoconservative Zionist administration, including a fleet of F-16 and F-15 fighter jets, it was none other than Zakheim who negotiated the deal.  These new planes would be used in brutal Israeli genocides inflicted against Lebanon in 2006 and Gaza in 2008-09 (46).

The name of Zakheim’s aforesaid company is System Planning Corporation (SPC), a defense contractor that specialized in new age warfare, and specifically, the implementation of remote-control software into military aircraft.  SPC manufactures a Flight Termination System (FTS) equipped with long-range transmitters, which allows a flight to be hijacked and controlled at any time. Shortly before 9/11, Zakheim’s SPC contracted with an air force base in Florida to test the FTS on at least 32 Boeing 767 aircraft, as part of a tanker deal between Boeing and the Pentagon.  Boeing, according to an overview on its website, has had a working relationship with the Zionist entity for over 60 years.  Zakheim’s company reformatted the planes with several key parts; it is crucial to note that Flight 175, which struck the South Tower, and Flight 11, which struck the North Tower, were both 767s.  [AD: More likely, it was drone replacements for Flight 11 and Flight 175 that struck, respectively, the North Tower and the South Tower.  Numerous eyewitnesses and live media reports stated that the second plane looked to be about the size of a 737 (smaller than a 767); some stated that it looked like a military refueling tanker.]  In photos of Flight 175 approaching the South Tower, there is an object under the fuselage that closely resembles SPC’s FTS.  Comparing photos of Flight 175 with tankers on SPC’s website, it is impossible to ignore the likelihood that the airliners were actually Zakheim’s refitted, reformatted Pentagon–Boeing tankers (47).

Ronald Lauder, the chairman of the New York State Commission on Privatization and the New York State Research Council on Privatization, wrote a book in 1992 called Privatization for New York: Competing for a Better Future. In 1994, Zionist Lauder suggested to New York Governor George Pataki, to whom he had given excessive donations (48), that privatizing airports would bring in huge revenue for New York.  Pataki, intrigued by the idea, commissioned Lauder to bring his ambitious proposal to life.  Lauder had his sights set on Stewart Airport in Newburgh, New York.  On March 31st, 2000, Lauder vaunted that New York became the first state in the nation to privatize a commercial airport, awarding the contract to UK-based National Express Group, which at the time was owned by Zionist William Rollason (49).  Stewart Airport is where the paths of Flight 175 and Flight 11 oddly and chillingly converged on 9/11 (50).

No Arab names on the passenger lists.  The suicide hijackers turning up alive.  The erratic flight paths of the airliners, that became frighteningly precise before impact.  The so-called hijackers who were exceptionally poor pilots, though described as excellent by the Zionist media (51).  Rabbi Zakheim’s corporation that produces a Flight Termination System, along with the strange events surrounding him immediately before and after 9/11.  Flight 11 flying directly into the secure computer room in the North Tower of Marsh & McLennan Companies/Kroll, the company of Zionist partners Jules Kroll and Maurice Greenberg (52).  Mass murderer Netanyahu, who was in New York City on 9/11, stating that the attacks benefited Israel and swung American opinion in favor of the Zionist entity (53).  Dulles, Newark, and Logan airport security being controlled by a single Israeli company, ICTS/Huntleigh, owned by former Shin Bet agents Menachem Atzmon and Ezra Harel.  ICTS never being questioned by the 9/11 Commission (54).  Ronald Lauder’s privatization exploits.  When a coincidence turns into a string of coincidences, it ceases to be a string of coincidences, and it becomes a pattern.  In the case of 9/11, there is an undeniable pattern of criminal Zionist involvement.

Illustration: Amos Biderman, Haaretz

Michael Chertoff: Savior of the Israeli Spy Ring

One of the more telling anomalies on September 11th was the seismic spikes recorded by Columbia University’s Lamont–Doherty Earth Observatory just prior to the collapse of the Twin Towers (55).  Combine this with the hundreds of eyewitness accounts (many of them by New York firefighters) that state they heard explosions resembling bombs detonating before the collapse of the Towers (56), in addition to the pools of molten metal found in the footprint of where the Towers once stood, burning at temperatures that jet fuel at its hottest cannot produce (57), and there is convincing, corroborated evidence that a controlled demolition is the cause of the World Trade Center collapse.  In an investigative report by Carl Cameron of Fox News, 60 Israeli spies in the fields of military intelligence and explosive ordnance were detained on 9/11, and more than 140 Israeli spies were detained shortly before the events (58).

The spies detained on that day tested positive for explosives, including the ill-famed five dancing Israelis who claimed to be in New York to “document the event”.  They were pulled over on the George Washington Bridge by the FBI, and their van tested positive for explosives as well (59).  Their names were Yaron Shmuel, Omer Marmari, Sivan and Paul Kurzberg, and Oded Ellner.  They worked for a counterfeit moving company named Urban Moving Systems, owned by Israeli Dominick Otto Suter.  Once federal agents apprehended the dancing Israelis, they returned to the offices of Urban Moving Systems to interrogate Suter, but he had already departed.  These men were discovered to be Mossad agents, and the moving company was a Mossad front to gather intelligence on various Arab organizations in the tri-state area (60).

The large majority of the Israeli spies were posing as art students, an ancient Israeli spying technique started by early asset to the false flag of 9/11, Mossad spymaster Peter Zvi Malkin (61).  Many of them were also employees of Amdocs, an Israeli company founded by Zionist criminal Morris Kahn, which collects processing data for 90% of the phone calls, emails, and text messages in America, including several agencies of the federal government; as well as Comverse Technology, headed by Zionist Kobi Alexander, which provides wiretapping technology for many law enforcement agencies across the US (62).  On September 4, 2001, Zim Integrated Shipping Services, partially owned by the Israeli government, paid $50,000 to break its lease and move its headquarters to Norfolk, Virginia.  Zim’s officials were never questioned regarding what prompted them to move a week before the most devastating ‘terror attack’ on American soil in history (63).

Four thousand Israelis were warned via text message of impending attacks in the New York area by Zionist company Odigo, founded by Israeli husband and wife, Avner and Maskit Ronen.  Only three months after 9/11, the Ronen partners negotiated a deal with Kobi Alexander’s Comverse, which already had a partial stake in Odigo, to be fully bought out (64).  Alexander, a former Israeli intelligence officer, along with fellow Comverse executives William Sorin and David Kreinberg, both of whom served in Israeli intelligence with Alexander, were on the run from US prosecutors after they were brought up on charges of securities, wire, and mail fraud.  In 2006, they were strangely allowed to leave the US, despite several warrants for their arrest. They hid all over the world, including Sri Lanka and Namibia, before being apprehended (65).

The reason for the poor investigation of these anomalous occurrences (or the lack of investigation, for that matter), despite all of these personalities and corporations being deeply connected to the Zionist entity, is one man: Zionist Michael Chertoff. Chertoff, a dual citizen of the illegal Zionist state, like most of the criminals connected to the plot on 9/11, is the son of impassioned Zionists.  His father, Rabbi Gershon Baruch Chertoff, was the last in a long line of a family of Talmudic rabbis from Russia; his mother, Livia Eisen, was the first hostess of El Al, and one of the earliest Mossad operatives, working under the aforementioned Isser Harel. Chertoff’s mother was instrumental in Operation Magic Carpet, which brought Jewish families from Yemen into Israel for cheap labor.  Due to the malicious anti-Arab sentiment of Zionism, the Zionist leadership felt the need to de-Arabize the Yemeni Jews, and authorized the kidnaping of Yemeni babies to then be delivered to European parents to strip them of their culture and their ethnic roots (66).  Michael Chertoff’s wife, Meryl, is a chairwoman of an ADL of B’nai B’rith regional organization in New Jersey.

Prior to becoming the second Secretary of Homeland Security, Michael Chertoff was chief of the criminal division of the Justice Department from 2001-2003.  It was Chertoff who blocked the efforts of several agents across the FBI’s ranks to investigate the hundreds of Mossad spies detained in connection with the attacks on 9/11.  He also supervised the confiscation and destruction of evidence that would have linked Israel and the US to the attacks, such as videotapes, eyewitness accounts, written testimonies, and debris from Ground Zero.  Within months, all of the Israelis in custody were released, with no coverage from the Zionist media and no objection from Bush’s government.  Though Chertoff had no problem using torture while interrogating foreign nationals (67), these Israeli spies were subjected to no such action, and upon their release, were quietly sent back to the terror state of Israel (68).  To finalize the cover-up and take the public’s attention off of the Israeli spy ring, Zionist Chertoff orchestrated the capture of 1,100 Muslim citizens, tourists, and immigrants, falsely labeling them as suspects connected to the September 11th attacks.  These innocent people were physically abused in secret facilities, denied the right to legal counsel, psychologically abused in secret military tribunals before they were deported, or released back into society after these criminal acts were committed against them.  Chertoff was also the primary author of the Patriot Act, an Orwellian piece of legislation written months before 9/11, and signed into law on October 26, 2001 (69).

A New Analysis

An operation 20 years in the making, the attacks of September 11th in New York City and Washington D.C. were a false flag carried out by the Mossad; its close-knit network of wealthy sayanim (70); and criminal elements within the Bush Administration, the FBI, and the CIA, with dual loyalty to the genocidal state of Israel.  Through espionage, privatization, and infiltration, this Zionist criminal network gained control of the World Trade Center, its security, as well as several government communications outlets which were subverted once the terror operation commenced.  Using flight termination system technology in remote-controlled tanker jets, and nano-thermate/thermite charges strategically placed in the Twin Towers and Building 7 by its experts in military intelligence and explosive ordnance, the criminal network brought down the World Trade Center by controlled demolition.

Using the Zionist media to incite fear and hysteria amongst the public through disinformation, the criminal network successfully covered up the Zionist regime’s mass murder in Occupied Palestine during the height of the Second Intifada.  With the mission accomplished, and the public totally programmed and petrified of the unknown, the criminal network advanced with the next phase of its PNAC agenda: expanding executive power in America through totalitarian legislation, and securing Israel through multiple regional wars.  To complete the cover-up of the attacks, the criminal network used its sayanim in NIST and the 9/11 Commission, as well as top sayan (singular form of sayanim) Michael Chertoff, to obliterate proofs of Israeli–US involvement and to perpetuate the lies already enforced by the media.  For the families of the 2,973 innocents that died in the attacks, the criminal network employed its agent, the Zionist Kenneth Feinberg, to set up the 9/11 Victims Compensation Fund.  Under Feinberg’s sinister direction, each family received an average of $1.25 million, but they waived their right to sue the government for criminal negligence (71).

The criminal network used the Zionist media to dub its war the ‘War on Terror’, taking a page right out of Benjamin Netanyahu’s book Terrorism: How the West Can Win, published in 1986 (72).  This would allow the criminal network to extend its occupations abroad indefinitely, since the enemy had never been clearly identified.  With American troops conducting genocidal operations in Afghanistan, the Patriot Act was passed and the Department of Homeland Security was created, granting immeasurable governing power to the Zionist administration; the involvement of Israel and America in the attacks was silenced, and the next destruction of a nation was planned for Iraq.  The criminal network slowly disbanded, eventually finding their way back to the Zionist entity, or fading into obscurity elsewhere like Michael Chertoff’s cousin Benjamin Chertoff, who aided the criminal network by smearing the campaign for 9/11 truth (73).  On a secondary, but still vitally important level, the Zionist criminal network, specifically the Mossad and the CIA, strengthened its hegemonic domination of the world even further by profiting enormously from reorganizing and taking full control of the lucrative heroin trade in Afghanistan and setting up business operations to take control of the neighboring oil fields in Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan, and Turkmenistan (74).

Conclusion

Scholars like Noam Chomsky and the late Howard Zinn have suggested that the 9/11 events are “in the past”, and that seeking the truth as to who perpetrated the attacks “doesn’t have any significance” (75).  If your family was murdered, would you think their deaths were in the past, and that identifying the murderer or murderers wouldn’t have any significance?  Their position is ridiculous at best and collusive at worst.  9/11 is the reason over one million civilians have been murdered in the last 9 years in Occupied Afghanistan.  9/11 is the reason 1.5 million innocents in Occupied Iraq have been slaughtered.  It is the reason for increased billion-dollar aid packages to Israel and increases in brutality by the Zionist entity in Occupied Palestine.  It is the reason behind full US support and encouragement of the Zionist aggression used against Lebanon in 2006, which resulted in the genocide of over 1,200 Lebanese civilians.  It is the reason for drone attacks in Pakistan, which murder civilians daily.  It is the reason for covert wars, which are slowly becoming genocides, in Yemen and Somalia.  It is the reason for every future act of aggression, all to be waged on the basis of the ‘War on Terror’.  Investigating the criminals behind 9/11 isn’t just significant – it is ESSENTIAL to the worldwide pursuit of truth, peace, justice, and freedom.

9/11 was not blowback.  9/11 was not done by Al-Qaeda, an organization which doesn’t even exist (76).  9/11 was a Mossad–CIA intelligence operation, and the evidence exposed here is only the tip of the iceberg.  Journalists and activists like Christopher Bollyn, Wayne Madsen, Jerry Mazza, academic Joel Kovel, and Freedom Flotilla activist Kenneth O’Keefe have all exposed Israeli involvement in the 9/11 attacks, but there need to be more efforts like those put forth by these brave men.  Former Italian President Francesco Cossiga, former head of Pakistan’s ISI Hamid Gul, and former Director of Studies at the Army War College Alan Sabrosky have also gone on record stating Mossad was behind 9/11 (77).  War criminal Barack Obama’s new Regulation Czar, Zionist Cass Sunstein, has said that 9/11 truth groups need to be infiltrated because they pose a threat to the government’s ‘anti-terrorism’ policies (78).  That means seeking 9/11 truth is hurting the occupiers, oppressors, murderers, thieves, and financial gangsters that have turned the poor and downtrodden masses into their slaves. It means that the truth is winning.

It is the duty of every activist, journalist, and scholar fighting to end tyranny in the occupied nations of the Middle East to investigate, discuss, and expose 9/11 due to its being the pretext from which the fight to end tyranny stems.  Once the people of the world know the pretext was a lie, they will know everything that followed it was a lie too.  They will know that Muslims, Arabs, and Islam itself aren’t the enemy; but that the enemy is a US–Zionist alliance that has sat at the top of the world’s power structure through a reign of terror for what seems like the duration.  With this newfound knowledge, the people will then unite in truth and revolution, and the Zionist criminal network that orchestrated 9/11 will be eliminated once and for all.

Sources

(1) Is America in Bible Prophecy? by Michael D. Evans, interviewed by Deborah Caldwell

(2) Targeted Killings – A Retro Fashion Very Much in Vogue by Yossi Melman; Israel’s Secret Wars by Benny Morris and Ian Black

(3) Isser Harel: Obituary by Eric Silver

(4) The Architecture of Terror: Mapping the Network Behind 9/11 by Christopher Bollyn

(5) Who Bombed the World Trade Center? FBI Bomb Builders Exposed by Paul DiRienzo, Frank Morales, and Chris Flash

(6) Mossad Link Found to One of Key 9/11 Hijackers by Michael Collins Piper

(7) Dov Zakheim retires from Booz Allen Hamilton by Jerry Mazza

(8) The High Priests of War by Michael Collins Piper

(9) The “New World Order” by B.W. Holmes

(10) Fifty questions on 9/11 by Pepe Escobar

(11) Hijack Suspects Alive and Well by BBC News; Stranger than Fiction by Dr. Albert D. Pastore, PhD.

(12) Report: Bin Laden Already Dead by Fox News; Israeli Intelligence: Bin Laden Is Dead, Heir Has Been Chosen by World Tribune

(13) When Osama Bin Laden Was Tim Osman by J. Orlin Grabbe; The New Pearl Harbor: Disturbing Questions about the Bush Administration and 9/11 by David Ray Griffin; Report: Bin Laden Treated at US Hospital by Elizabeth Bryant

(14) Mossad Agent Pearlman Releases Phony “Al-Qaeda Tape” by Paul Joseph Watson

(15) Is Israel Controlling Phony Terror News? by Gordon Duff and Brian Jobert

(16) Norman Mineta Confirms That Dick Cheney Ordered Stand Down on 9/11 by Aaron Dykes

(17) Crossing the Rubicon by Michael C. Ruppert

(18) How Mossad Deceived the US Military on 9/11 by Christopher Bollyn

(19) UAL Flight 93 Landed Safely at Cleveland Hopkins Airport by Channel 9 News Staff of Cleveland

(20) Pentagon Eyewitness: Official 9/11 Legend Exposed by Christopher Bollyn

(21) BYU Physics Prof Finds Thermate in WTC Physical Samples, Building Collapses an Inside Job by Jacob Hamblin

(22) The 9/11 Commission Report: Omissions and Distortions by David Ray Griffin

(23) The Republican Jewish Coalition and the pro-Israel Lobby by Bob Feldman; The World Trade Center Deal Remains in Doubt by Charles V. Bagli; Silverstein Recovers: Dark Horse May Win World Trade Center by Andrew Rice

(24) Green Acres: George Pataki, Ronald Lauder and the Politics of New Beginnings by The New York Press

(25) Silverstein Incriminates 9-11 WTC Lies by Dick Eastman; Up in Smoke by Sara Leibovich-Dar

(26) Insurers Debate: One Accident or Two by Bloomberg News

(27) As Judge Leaves for Law Firm, His Legacy Is Remembered by Joseph Goldstein

(28) Bush Nominates Zionist Judge Involved in Key 9-11 Judgements to Serve as U.S. Attorney General by Christopher Bollyn

(29) Israeli Investors Made Huge Profits From 9/11 Event by Walter Storch; Suspicious Trading Points to Advance Knowledge by Big Investors of September 11th Attacks by Barry Grey

(30) World Trade Center Scrap Sails for India, China by Reuters; WTC Steel to Rise Again in Indian Buildings by Reuters

(31) In Israel, Bloomberg Shows His Support by Dina Kraft

(32) Loot the US Treasury by Tom Heneghan

(33) NIST’s Fraudulent “Final Report on the Collapse of WTC 7”: A Criminal Fraud at Taxpayer Expense by Christopher Bollyn

(34) Investigating Khobar Towers: How a Saudi Deception Protected Bin Laden by Gareth Porter

(35) By Way of Deception: The Making and Unmaking of a Mossad Officer by Victor Ostrovsky and Clair Hoy

(36) Sayyed Nasrallah: Israel Behind Hariri’s Assassination by Hussein Assi, Al Manar

(37) Questions Mount in Kenya, Tanzania Bombings by Martin McLaughlin

(38) Who Killed 9/11 Hero John O’Neill? by The Daily Brew

(39) Clearing the Baffles for 9/11 by Wayne Madsen

(40) Who Killed John O’Neill? (documentary) by Ryan Thurston (writer) and Ty Rauber (producer and director)

(41) Who Is Jerome Hauer? by Christopher Bollyn; Suppressed Details of Criminal Insider Trading Lead Directly into the CIA’s Highest Ranks by Michael C. Ruppert

(42) Secrecy Surrounds 9/11 Investigation by Craig Cox

(43) ‘Power Down’ Condition at the WTC on the Weekend Preceding 9/11 by Scott Forbes; 9/11 Security Courtesy of Marvin Bush by What Really Happened?

(44) The Weekend Interview with Larry Silverstein: Rebuilding Ground Zero by Steven Malanga

(45) Drones and Death: The Israeli Connection by Ed Kinane; Israel Paves the Way for Remote Control Killing by Jonathan Cook

(46) Following Zakheim and Pentagon Trillions to Israel by Jerry Mazza

(47) The Mastermind Behind 9/11? by Stephen St. John

(48) Pataki’s Favorite Conservatives by Wayne Barrett

(49) Governor Pataki Hands Stewart Airport Keys to National Express by New York State Department of Transportation Office of Media Relations

(50) 9-11: Animation Showing Military Precision of Flight Paths by Looking Glass News

(51) Operation 9/11: No Suicide Pilots by Carol A. Valentine

(52) The Fleecing of America: 9/11 and the Crisis on Wall Street by Christopher Bollyn

(53) Report: Netanyahu Says 9/11 Terror Attacks Good for Israel by Haaretz and Reuters

(54) More Questions on 9/11 by Pepe Escobar; All the 9/11 Airports Serviced by One Israeli Owned Company by What Really Happened?

(55) 9/11 Seismic Data Refutes Official Explanation by Christopher Bollyn

(56) The September 11th Records by The New York Times

(57) Me, Art Bell, and 9/11 by Lisa Giuliani

(58) Carl Cameron Investigates Parts 1-4: Israel Is Spying In and On the U.S. by Fox News

(59) Mossad – The Israeli Connection to 9/11 by Christopher Bollyn

(60) Five Israelis Were Seen Filming as Jet Liners Ploughed Into the Twin Towers by Neil Mackay

(61) Peter Zvi Malkin, Israeli Agent Who Captured Adolf Eichmann, Dies by Margalit Fox

(62) An Enigma: Vast Israeli Spy Network Dismantled in the US by Sylvain Cypel, translated by Malcolm Garris

(63) Profile: Zim-American Israeli Shipping Co. by History Commons

(64) Why Was Kobi Alexander Allowed to Flee: The Israeli Fugitive, Odigo, and the Forewarning of 9/11 by Christopher Bollyn; Myth-Debunking Snopes Obscures Israel’s Role in 9/11 by Maidhc Ó Cathail

(65) Former Comverse Chief Alexander Arrested in Namibia by Allan Dodds Frank and Bob Van Voris

(66) The Missing Yemenite Children by Doron A. Tal

(67) Chertoff OKs Torture: Bizarre Choice for Homeland Czar Deep in Scandal by James P. Tucker

(68) Controlled Press Conceals Chertoff’s Israeli Roots by Christopher Bollyn

(69) Failing Upwards: The Rise of Michael Chertoff by Mike Whitney

(70) Sayanim – Israeli Operatives in the U.S. by Jeff Gates

(71) From Agent Orange, to 9/11, to BP: Kenneth Feinberg Is Master of Disaster by Sander Hicks

(72) How (Not) to Win by Christopher Dickey

(73) 9/11 and Chertoff: Cousin Wrote 9/11 Propaganda for Popular Mechanics by Christopher Bollyn

(74) Military Escalation: From Afghanistan to the Caspian Sea and Central Asia by Rick Rozoff; Intel Expert Says 9-11 Looks Like a Hollywood Show by Christopher Bollyn

(75) An Open Letter to Noam Chomsky and Howard Zinn by Atheo

(76) Al-Qaeda Is Fiction: The Organization Doesn’t Exist by Mark Perkel

(77) Ex-Italy Pres – 9-11 Was CIA/Mossad Operation by the staff of American Free Press; Ex-ISI Chief Gul Exposes 9/11 Inside Job by Paul Joseph Watson; Sabrosky Interview Ties Israel to 9/11 by Gordon Duff

(78) Obama Staffer Wants ‘Cognitive Infiltration’ of 9/11 Truth Groups by Daniel Tencer

Posted by Mask Of Zion

Labels: 9/11, CIA, False flag attack, Mossad, Sayanim, Zionist Criminal Network, Zionist Propaganda

CIA timeline below connecting illegal operations through-out the world.

CIA connections

 

The Importation and Infiltration of Nazi Spies and conduct
The Importation and Infiltration of Nazi Spies and conduct

The Thunder god

~ DC ~ Leave a comment

Thor

The God of Thunder, Thor (Donar), (from which we get Thursday), was almost as important as Odin, for he not only controlled the thunderbolt, but he was also the god of war.  He was a rather rude, simple god, always ready to face danger and fight off the evil race of giants.  He was thought of as being in charge of the peasants who fell in battle, while Odin was in charge of the nobles.  Once when he came to a wide inlet which he could not cross, he accosted the ferryman, promising him some oatmeal, porridge, and herrings which he had in his sack if the ferryman would take him across.  The man was actually Odin in disguise, and he jeered at the humble fare thus offered him.  Thor tried to recount all the famous victories he had won against the giants, but Odin would come back with greater victories, totally unimpressed.  So he had to walk the long way around, for Odin wouldn’t take a barefooted, penniless vagabond.  He couldn’t use his magic hammer, Mjölnir, against the chief of the gods.  This hammer was the thunderbolt, and its magic property was that it would always fly back to his hand after he had thrown it, and that it would never miss its mark.  He also possessed a miraculous belt that doubled his strength when he put it on, and a pair of iron gloves that he wore when he threw his hammer.

One morning Thor woke up and discovered that his hammer was missing.  He immediately summoned the mischievous god, Loki, to see if he knew anything about the theft.  “It must have been taken by a giant,” he said, “but I will find it for you, never fear.”  So saying, he put on a magic robe made of feathers and flew to the land of the giants.  There he learned that the giant, Thrym, had hidden it eight fathoms below the earth, and the only way he would surrender it was if he were given the hand of the goddess of Love and Beauty, Freyja, in marriage.  Since there was no way out of this predicament, Loki consented to tell the gods.  They were horrified, but Loki had a plan.  He suggested that Thor dress up to look like Freyja, and put on her gold necklace.  After hesitating at first, Thor finally agreed, and the two set off for the land of the giants.

Thrym was so thrilled with the thought of his bride that he ordered the wedding banquet to be prepared at once.  He was a bit surprised to see the bride wolf down a whole ox, eight large salmon, plus innumerable side dishes, as well as three barrels of mead.  But Loki explained away his doubts by saying that the girl had been so nervous as the thought of her wedding she hadn’t been able to eat anything for days.  This made Thrym all the more eager to get on with the ceremony and he leaned over in trying to kiss the “bride.”  But when he saw the ruddy complexion and the eyes which flashed lightning, he backed away in dismay.  Again Loki reassured him.  She had been so upset she hadn’t slept for eight nights.  The giant was so eager by now to consummate the marriage that he sent for the buried hammer, Mjölnir, and placed it on the bride’s knees, according to ancient custom.  Laughing to himself triumphantly, Thor’s hand closed over his precious hammer.  In a twinkling he downed all the giants and then joyously returned to the ranks of the Aesir with Loki.

loki8cs

The two gods had another even more exciting adventure together – the one time when Thor thought a giant had vanquished him.  He and Loki, accompanied by two peasants, were walking all day in giant country, and by evening were thoroughly exhausted.  In the forest they came upon a rather odd-looking house, with a front door as wide as the whole house, but it seemed serviceable and empty, and its shape did not seem important to them.  They made themselves at home and fell asleep.  At midnight, however, there was a terrible earthquake.  The floor itched and tossed and the travelers woke up with a start and rushed out.  All night they stayed awake in a nearby hut, keeping watch, but nothing else happened.

At daybreak, Thor looked and came upon a sleeping giant.  Now he understood the reason for all the noise of the night before.  He was furious, and just about to wake the huge creature up with a well-aimed blow of his hammer, when the giant leaped to his feet.  “I am Skrymir.”  he said, “and you are Thor.  Where have you put my glove?”  Taken aback at first, Thor suddenly realized that the house he and his friends had spent the night in was not a house at all, but the giant’s glove, and the shed they had moved to after the “earthquake” was the thumb of the glove!  The giant said he would like to go with them, so all five went off together.  In the evening Skrymir pretended he was completely worn out and fell asleep before supper.  But when Loki and Thor attempted to untie their sack containing the store of provisions which the giant had  carried during the day as a sign of friendliness, they found the knots were too tight to be undone at all.  Right away, Thor knew who to blame for this turn of events, and he tried to wake up Skrymir.  It was hopeless.  In vain he pounded on the giant’s skull with the full force of his hammer.  The sleepy Skrymir only half woke up complaining about bird droppings or acorns falling on his forehead.  The four had to go to bed supper-less.  In the morning Thor tried again, and this time the giant woke up, pretending to wipe off a leaf from his brow.  He told the group he had to be on his way; they weren’t far from Utgard where they going anyhow.  Then he disappeared.

When they reached Utgard toward midday, Thor went straight to the palace and demanded to be admitted.  The giant king, Utgardaloki, said no one was permitted to enter until he had first proved himself by some famous deed.  Loki immediately volunteered to prove his prowess.  The giant king sent him one of the other giant, Logi, as an opponent in a great eating contest.  They were served huge portions of meat on plates as big as vats.  In less time than it takes to tell, Loki had devoured everything but the bones.  His opponent, however, had eaten meat, bones, and the plate as well.

The peasant Thjalfi offered himself next.  He claimed to be the swiftest runner in the world, but when the giant Hugi race against him, Thjalfi was left far behind, though he ran faster than lightning itself.  When it came to Thor’s turn, he was convinced that he at least would be victorious in his contest.  No one could drink as much or fast as he!  Utagardaloki sent for the huge drinking horn which the giants were accustomed to empty in two draughts, at the most.  Thor seized it and gulped down first one, then two, then three draughts, but he hadn’t changed the level in the horn at all.  Bitterly disappointed and unbelieving, he attempted to prove at least how strong he was by picking up from the ground a certain cat.  It didn’t budge, except for one paw which he managed to lift about an inch off the ground.  Then he tried to wrestle with the old woman, Elli, but she forced one of his knees to the ground.  Thor was completely humiliated, and was about to turn away in disgrace, when the king stopped him.  “Don’t go,” he exclaimed.  “You are the strongest person in the whole world.  It was I who met you in the forest in disguise.  And it was only because I covered my head with mountains that you did not kill me with the blows of your hammer.  Loki was unable to beat Logi because he was fire itself.  As for Hugi, he was thought, and no one can outrun thought.  You couldn’t empty the drinking horn because the other end was plunged in the inexhaustible sea.  But you did manage to set the tide in motion.  The immovable cat was the serpent of Midgard whose coils surround the earth.  It was bad enough that you moved his paw, for you started a terrible earthquake.  And don’t let the fact that you couldn’t beat an old woman upset you.  She was Old Age, and no one will ever conquer her.  “Furious that he had been made a fool of, Thor started to hurl his hammer at the giant.  But Utgardaloki had disappeared, and with him the castle.  There was nothing in sight but the grass which grew on the deserted plain.

The Teutonic-Scandinavian myths, comprise stories that are very difficult to sort out because they were reworked by Christian authors during the periods of the intense converting campaigns – from 500 to 1000 A.D.  North German, South German, Danish, Norse, and Icelandic legends have different names for the same gods, plus considerable discrepancies in their roles, their importance, and their functions.  Most of the stories come from an anonymous collection of poems known as the Elder Edda, and a prose version known as the Younger Edda.  The date of composition of these works has been very difficult to ascertain, as is the case with almost every true folk epic, but generally the late twelfth and thirteenth centuries are held to be the time at which these tales were recorded.  Many of them date from at least the ninth century.  One of the significant differences between the Scandinavian legends and the Greek, as anyone will notice immediately, is the tremendously important role magic plays, and the delight in cruelty and meanness, personified in Loki.  There seems to be little joy or hope either in Asgard or on earth.  The hero always tries to prove his valor or his goodness, but can only do this by dying.  In death he triumphed.  Such a courting of death is totally foreign to the Greek soul, which believed in life – that the world was a marvelous creation.  No Norse poet could have written as Sophocles did in his play Antigone: “many are the wonders in the world, but nothing is more wondrous than man.”  For the Teutonic – Anglo-Saxon tradition, wonders and portents were the province of the demons.  Magic was the real power.

In Led Zeppelin’s epic tune Immigrant Song, one of the lyrics is “Valhalla I am coming.” It refers to Norse Mythology.  Valhalla is a hall in Asgard where the souls of fallen warriors are taken by the “Valkyries,” which are spirits of war who carry up heroes who have been slain.  Only heroes are taken to Valhalla, where they will wait for their certain doom.

Immigrant Song – Led Zeppelin

Ah, ah,
We come from the land of the ice and snow,
From the midnight sun where the hot springs flow.
The hammer of the gods will drive our ships to new lands,
To fight the horde, singing and crying: Valhalla, I am coming!

On we sweep with threshing oar, Our only goal will be the western shore.

Ah, ah,
We come from the land of the ice and snow,
From the midnight sun where the hot springs blow.
How soft your fields so green, can whisper tales of gore,
Of how we calmed the tides of war. We are your overlords.

On we sweep with threshing oar, Our only goal will be the western shore.

So now you’d better stop and rebuild all your ruins,
For peace and trust can win the day despite of all your losing.

 

The Twilight of the Gods

From the very beginning of their life in Asgard, the gods had known they would have to die.  As long as they could, they tried to put off the terrible event by preventing the giants and dwarfs from getting too strong, and tying to maintain justice and honesty.  But one among their number could never be trusted; that of Loki.  And his love of trickery spread to others the gods aware that he was responsible for the death of their beloved Balder, the last deed in a series that had been growing more and more evil.  He finally had to be punished and was clapped in irons.  But this made him the eternal enemy of the gods, and when he broke his chains he joined the ranks of their irreconcilable opponents, the giants and demons.

One day the watchman, Heimdall, saw that the wolf, Fenrir, had broken the unbreakable chain, and was sailing toward Asgard on a boat whose helmsman was Loki.  This boat was approaching from the North.  From the West another ship was coming, manned by the giant Hrym and a phantom crew.  The giant Surt appeared from the South with other giants, and the fire they started began to burn away the innards of the earth.  The heat reached the vault of the heavens and it cracked in two.  The gods and the giants were at last face to face, as prophesied from the beginning of time.

By agreement, they fixed the battlefield, a square measuring one thousand leagues on a side, in front of Valhalla.  Its name was Vigrid; here the terrible butchery took place.  Odin was the first to perish in the titanic battle.  He attacked the wolf, Fenrir, and was swallowed hole.  His son, Vidar, avenged him by piercing the beast through the gullet to its very heart.  Thor went after the hideous beast he had long ago tried to kill – the great serpent of Midgard – which crawled toward the thunder-god, spewing out such powerful poison that sea and earth and air alike were polluted.  Thor crushed the skull of the monster with his magic hammer, but he had breathed in so much poisoned air that he staggered away, and after nine steps, fell dead.  Loki and Heimdall had always been enemies, so in the battle each sought out the other.  But in killing Heimdall, Loki himself was killed.  The mischievous god who had turned good into evil was finally dead.  Only one god was left alive, one-handed Tyr.  He ranged the battlefield looking for the wolf Fenrir who had taken his right hand.  He was too late, for Odin’s son had already killed him.  But upon hearing a terrible growling behind him, he turned around to face the dog of the underworld, Garm.  Tyr plunged his sword deep into the ferocious beast’s heart, but in so doing, he was mauled to death.

All the Gods were dead.  A great flood rose up from the seas as the earth began to loose its shape.  The starts fell from the sky, and soon the whole earth had sunk beneath the ocean.  The end had come.  In the great cycle of legends preserved in the anonymous poems known as the Eddas there is an eventual rebirth of the world and new gods.  But they are uninteresting, dull creatures compared to the golden shining gods, the Aesir, who had lived in Asgard.

 

The World is Not Enough

~ DC ~ Leave a comment

If you think billionaires have wealth, try lending your attention to those that have amassed a wealth in such secrecy, very few people actually know the true net worth and holdings of these members and have enough money to fend off media inquiries.  Claims of the Rothschild’s wealth tread into the trillions; approximately 500 trillion dollars to be more precise. (true democracy party: http://truedemocracyparty.net/)

another link cross-referencing the holdings ( http://truedemocracyparty.net/2011/09/rothschilds-exposed-500-tril/ )

And for what purpose do these clandestine family members choose to do with all of this fortune?  As history has shown again and again, power begets power.  Those who love power seek the conquest of the world.  “The world is not enough” ….a title is taken from a line in the 1963 novel On Her Majesty’s Secret Service from the creator of the James Bond character Ian Flemming.

The evidence is growing as more and more people are asking questions, yet most people continue to place their heads in the sand and let the bureaucratic henchmen for these people do their biding in government, in economic policy, national security, and in those countries with the illusion of freedom still operating around the world is still a sovereign right for autonomy.  The fact remains that we are under attack by globalists who want to reduce everyone on the planet to become merely debt slaves to the already entrenched and established oligarchy.

If you had all the money in the world, how would you occupy your time and mind?  Maybe to give something back in some way to a less fortunate humanity would be the choice of some, but again we are talking about human beings who find it difficult to even share their patience with others.  If you look at the world’s wealthiest, you will find that many of them only give to charity as a tax write off, and the intent therefore is out of an economic decision as opposed to any philanthropic humanitarian connection they hold to any other people.  If you look at the current list of Billionaires, they are only a small sampling of the true wealthier power brokers on this earth that control much, much more power and influence that orchestrate governments and world affairs which is the nature of this post.  Below is a timeline published by Andrew Hitchcock that is self-explanatory.

 

The History of the House of Rothschild

The Rothschilds have been in control of the world for a very long time, their tentacles reaching into many aspects of our daily lives, as is documented in the following timeline.  However, before you jump to the timeline, please read this invaluable introduction which will tell you who the Rothschilds are as oppose to who they claim to be.The Rothschilds claim that they are Jewish, when in fact they are Khazars.  They are from a country called Khazaria, which occupied the land locked between the Black Sea and the Caspian Sea which is now predominantly occupied by Georgia.  The reason the Rothschilds claim to be Jewish is that the Khazars under the instruction of the King, converted to the Jewish faith in 740 A.D., but of course that did not include converting their Asiatic Mongolian genes to the genes of the Jewish people.You will find that approximately 90% of people in the world today who call themselves Jews are actually Khazars, or as they like to be known, Ashkenazi Jews.  These people knowingly lie to the world with their claims that the land of Israel is theirs by birthright, when in actual fact their real homeland is over 800 miles away in Georgia.

So, next time you hear an Israeli Prime Minister bleating about the so-called persecution of the Jews, consider this, every Prime Minister of Israel has been an Ashkenazi Jew.  Therefore when all these Prime Ministers have curried favour with the West for their re-establishment of a Jewish homeland, they have knowingly and deliberately lied to you, as they were never from that region, and they well know it, because it is they who call themselves Ashkenazi Jews.

The Book of Revelation, Chapter 2, Verse 9, states the following which would appear to be about these Ashkenazi Jews:

“I know thy works, and tribulation and poverty, (but thou art rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews, and are not, but are the synagogue of Satan.”

The most wealthy bloodline in the world bar none and the leader of the Ashkenazi Jews in the world today is the Rothschild family.  As you will see in the timeline, the Rothschilds have obtained this position through lies, manipulation and murder.  Their bloodline also extends into the Royal Families of Europe, and the following family names:  Astor; Bundy; Collins; duPont; Freeman; Kennedy; Morgan; Oppenheimer; Rockefeller; Sassoon; Schiff; Taft; and Van Duyn.However, these are not the only bloodlines to worry about.  You are probably aware of the centuries old pratice undertaken by many Ashkenazi Jews whereby they would change their name, in order for them to appear part of the dominant race of the country in which they lived, so as they could obtain influential positions in that country, which they would then exploit to serve their real masters elsewhere.  There is plenty of evidence to prove the Rothschilds continue that deceptive tradition.

Furthermore the Rothschilds are known to sire many children secretly that they can put into positions of power when required.  This started with the very first man who took the name Rothschild, who had a secret sixth son.  Finally, remember the world is a diverse place, I could if I wanted change my name to Rothschild, or any of the names listed above, and that would not make me part of this family anymore than converting to Judaism in 740 A.D. will make these Ashkenazis Jewish.

Please, therefore, do not automatically assume someone you see with the name Rothschild or any of the names listed above are part of the Rothschild criminal network.  Furthermore and most importantly, the majority of Ashkenazi Jews are innocent and not part of this network.  Check the facts out for yourself first, this article is designed to inform people who the enemy is, not single out people of a particular race or people with a particular surname, who may have nothing to do with this Rothschild criminal network.
1743: Mayer Amschel Bauer, an Ashkenazi Jew, is born in Frankfurt, Germany, the son of Moses Amschel Bauer, a money lender and the proprietor of a counting house.

Moses Amschel Bauer places a red sign above the entrance door to his counting house. This sign is a red hexagram (which geometrically and numerically translates into the number 666) which under Rothschild instruction will end up on the Israeli flag some two centuries later.

1753: Gutle Schnaper, an Ashkenazi Jew (future wife of Mayer Amschel Bauer), born to respected merchant, Wolf Salomon Schnaper.

1760: During this decade Mayer Amschel Bauer works for a bank owned by the Oppenheimers’ in Hanover, Germany.  He is highly successful and becomes a junior partner. Whilst working at the bank he becomes acquainted with General von Estorff.

Following his father’s death, Bauer returns to Frankfurt to take over his father’s business. Bauer recognises the significance of the red hexagram and changes his name from Bauer to Rothschild, after the red hexagram or sign signifying 666 hanging over the entrance door (“Rot,” is German for, “Red,” “Schild,” is German for, “Sign”).

Now Mayer Amschel Rothschild, he discovers that General von Estorff is now attached to the court of Prince William IX of Hesse-Hanau, one of the richest royal houses in Europe, which gained its’ wealth by the hiring out of Hessian soldiers to foreign countries for vast profits (a practice that continues today in the form of exporting, “peacekeeping,” troops throughout the world).

He therefore makes the General’s re-acquaintance on the pretext of selling him valuable coins and trinkets at discounted prices. As he plans, Rothschild is subsequently introduced to Prince William himself who is more than pleased with discounted prices he charges for his rare coins and trinkets, and Rothschild offers him a bonus for any other business the Prince can direct his way.

Rothschild subsequently becomes close associates with Prince William, and ends up doing business with him and members of the court.  He soon discovers that loaning money to governments and royalty is more profitable than loaning to individuals, as the loans are bigger and are secured by the nation’s taxes.

1769: Mayer Amschel Rothschild is given permission by Prince William to hang a sign on the front of his business premises declaring that he is, “M. A. Rothschild, by appointment court factor to his serene highness, Prince William of Hanau.”

1770: Mayer Amschel Rothschild draws up plans for the creation of the Illuminati and entrusts Ashkenazi Jew, Adam Weishaupt, a Crypto-Jew who was outwardly Roman Catholic, with its organization and development.  The Illuminati is to be based upon the teachings of the Talmud, which is in turn, the teachings of Rabbinical Jews.  It was to be called the Illuminati as this is a Luciferian term which means, keepers of the light.

Mayer Amschel Rothschild marries Gutle Schnaper.

1773: Amschel Mayer Rothschild born, the first of Mayer Amschel Rothschild’s sons. He like all his brothers who follow him, will enter the family business at the age of 12.

1774: Salomon Mayer Rothschild born.

1776:  Adam Weishaupt officially completes his organisation of the Illuminati on May 1 of this year.  The purpose of the Illuminati is to divide the goyim (all non-Jews) through political, economic, social, and religious means.  The opposing sides were to be armed and incidents were to be provided in order for them to:  fight amongst themselves; destroy national governments; destroy religious institutions; and eventually destroy each other.

Weishaupt soon infiltrates the Continental Order of Freemasons with this Illuminati doctrine and establishes lodges of the Grand Orient to be their secret headquarters.  This was all under the orders and finance of Mayer Amschel Rothschild and the concept has spread and is followed within Masonic Lodges worldwide to the present day.

Weishaupt also recruits 2,000 paid followers including the most intelligent men in the field of arts and letters, education, science, finance,and industry.  They were instructed to follow the following methods in order to control people.

1)  Use monetary and sex bribery to obtain control of men already in high places, in the various levels of all governments and other fields of endeavor.  Once influential persons had fallen for the lies, deceits, and temptations of the Illuminati they were to be held in bondage by application of political and other forms of blackmail, threats of financial ruin, public exposure, and fiscal harm, even death to themselves and loved members of their families.2)  The faculties of colleges and universities were to cultivate students possessing exceptional mental ability belonging to well-bred families with international leanings, and recommend them for special training in internationalism, or rather the notion that only a one-world government can put an end to recurring wars and strife.  Such training was to be provided by granting scholarships to those selected by the Illuminati.

3)  All influential people trapped into coming under the control of the Illuminati, plus the students who had been specially educated and trained, were to be used as agents and placed behind the scenes of all governments as experts and specialists.  This was so they would advise the top executives to adopt policies which would in the long-run serve the secret plans of the Illuminati one-world conspiracy and bring about the destruction of the governments and religions they were elected or appointed to serve.

4)  To obtain absolute-control of the press, at that time the only mass-communications media which distributed information to the public, so that all news and information could be slanted in order to make the masses believe that a one-world government is the only solution to our many and varied problems.

1777: Nathan Mayer Rothschild born.1784:  Adam Weishaupt issues his order for the French Revolution to be started by by Maximilien Robespierre in book form.  This book was written by one of Weishaupt’s associates, Xavier Zwack, and sent by courier from Frankfurt to Paris.  However en route there, the courier is struck by lightning, the book detailing this plan discovered by the police, and handed over to the Bavarian authorities.

As a consequence, the Bavarian government orders the police to raid Weishaupt’s masonic lodges of the Grand Orient, and the homes of his most influential associates.  Clearly, the Bavarian authorities were convinced that the book that was discovered was a very real threat by a private group of influential people, to use wars and revolutions to achieve their political ends.

1785:  The Bavarian government outlaw the Illuminati and close all the Bavarian lodges of the Grand Orient.

Mayer Amschel Rothschild moves his family home to a five storey house in Frankfurt which he shares with the Schiff family.

1786:  The Bavarian government publish the details of the Illuminati plot in a document entitled, “The Original Writings of The Order and Sect of The Illuminati.”  They then send this document to all the heads of church and state throughout Europe, but sadly their warning is ignored.

1788: Kalmann (Carl) Mayer Rothschild Born.

1789:  Due to the European ignorance of the Bavarian government’s warning, the Illuminati’s plan for a French Revolution succeeded from this year to 1793.  This revolution was a bankers’ dream, it established a new constitution and passed laws that forbade the Roman Church from levying tithes (taxes) and also removed its exemption from taxation.

1790: Mayer Amschel Rothschild states,

“Let me issue and control a nation’s money and I care not who writes the laws.”

1791: The Rothschilds get, “control of a nation’s money,” through Alexander Hamilton (their agent in George Washington’s cabinet) when they set up a central bank in the USA called the First Bank of the United States. This is established with a 20 year charter.1792: Jacob (James) Mayer Rothschild born.

1796: Amschel Mayer Rothschild marries Eva Hanau.

1798: John Robison publishes a book entitled, “Proofs of a Conspiracy Against All the Religions and Governments of Europe Carried on in the Secret Meetings of Freemasons, Illuminati and Reading Societies.”  In this book, Professor Robison of the University of Edinburgh, one of the leading intellects of his time, who in 1783 was elected general secretary of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, gave details of the whole Rothschild Illuminati plot.

He advised how he had been a high degree mason in the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry, and had been invited by Adam Weishaupt to Europe, where he had been given a revised copy of Weishaupt’s conspiracy.  However, although he pretended to go along with it, Professor Robison did not agree with it and therefore published his aforementioned book.  The book included details of the Bavarian government’s investigation into the Illuminati and the French Revolution.

That same year on July 19th, David Pappen, President of Harvard University, lectured the graduating class on the influence illuminism was having on American politics and religion.

At the age of 21, Nathan Mayer Rothschild leaves Frankfurt for England, where with a large sum of money given to him by his father, he sets up a banking house in London.

1800: Salomon Mayer Rothschild marries Caroline Stern.

1806: Napolean states that it is his,

“object to remove the house of Hess-Cassel from rulership and to strike it out of the list of powers.”

On hearing this, Prince William IX of Hesse-Hanau, flees Germany, goes to Denmark and entrusts his fortune valued at $3,000,000 at that time to Mayer Amschel Rothschild for safekeeping.Nathan Mayer Rothschild marries Hannah Barent Cohen the daughter of a wealthy London merchant.

1808: Nathan Mayer Rothschild has his first son born Lionel Nathan de Rothschild.

1810: Sir Francis Baring and Abraham Goldsmid die. This leaves Nathan Mayer Rothschild as the remaining major banker in England.

Salomon Mayer Rothschild goes to Vienna, Austria and sets up the bank, M. von Rothschild und Söhne.

1811: The charter for the Rothschilds Bank of the United States runs out and Congress votes against its renewal.  Nathan Mayer Rothschild is not amused and he states,

“Either the application for renewal of the charter is granted, or the United States will find itself involved in a most disastrous war.”

However the United States stands firm and the Charter is not renewed, which causes Nathan Mayer Rothschild to issue another threat,

“Teach those impudent Americans a lesson. Bring them back to colonial status.”

1812: Backed by Rothschild money, and Nathan Mayer Rothschild’s orders, the British declare war on the United States. The Rothschilds plan was to cause the United States to build up such a debt in fighting this war that they would have to surrender to the Rothschilds and allow the charter for the Rothschild owned First Bank of the United States to be renewed.Mayer Amschel Rothschild dies. In his will he lays out specific laws that the House of Rothschild were to follow: all key positions in the family business were only to be held by family members; only male members of the family were allowed to participate in the family business, this included a reported sixth secret bastard son (It is important to note that Mayer Amschel Rothschild also has five daughters, so today the spread of the Rothschild Zionist dynasty without the Rothschild name is far and wide, and Jews believe the mixed offspring of a Jewish mother is solely Jewish); the family was to intermarry with it’s first and second cousins to preserve the family fortune (of the 18 marriages by Mayer Amschel Rothschild’s grandchildren, 16 were between first cousins – a practice known today as inbreeding); no public inventory of his estate was to be published; no legal action was to be taken with regard to the value of the inheritance; the eldest son of the eldest son was to become the head of the family (this condition could only be overturned when the majority of the family agreed otherwise).

This was straightaway the case and Nathan Mayer Rothschild was elected head of the family following his father, Mayer Amschel Rothschild’s death.

Jacob (James) Mayer Rothschild goes to Paris, France to set up the bank, de Rothschild Frères.

Nathaniel de Rothschild, the son in law of Jacob (James) Mayer Rothschild, born.

1814: With regard to the $3,000,000 Prince William IX of Hesse-Hanau had entrusted to Mayer Amschel Rothschild for safekeeping, for an account of what happened next we turn to the Jewish Encyclopaedia, 1905 edition, Volume 10, page 494, which states,

“According to legend this money was hidden away in wine casks, and, escaping the search of Napoleon’s soldiers when they entered Frankfurt, was restored intact in the same casks in 1814, when the elector (Prince William IX of Hesse-Hanau) returned to the electorate (Germany). The facts are somewhat less romantic, and more businesslike.”

This last line indicates the money was never returned by Rothschild to Prince William IX of Hesse-Hanau. The encyclopaedia goes on to state,

“Nathan Mayer Rothschild invested this $3,000,000 in, gold from the East India Company knowing that it would be needed for Wellington’s peninsula campaign.”

On the stolen money Nathan made,

“no less than four profits:

i) On the sale of Wellington’s paper which he bought at 50 cents on the dollar and collected at par;
ii) on the sale of gold to Wellington;
iii) on its repurchase; and
iv) on forwarding it to Portugal.”

1815: The five Rothschild brothers work to supply gold to both Wellington’s army (through Nathan in England) and Napoleon’s army (through Jacob in France), and begin their policy of funding both sides in wars. The Rothschilds love wars because they are massive generators of risk free debt.This is because they are guaranteed by the government of a country, and therefore the efforts of the population of that country,  and it doesn’t matter if that country loses the war because the loans are given on the guarantee that the victor will honour the debts of the vanquished.

Whilst the Rothschilds are funding both sides in this war, they use the banks they have spread out across Europe to give them the opportunity to set up an unrivalled postal service network of secret routes and fast couriers.  The post these couriers carried was to be opened up by these couriers and their details given to the Rothschilds so they always were one step ahead of current events.

Furthermore, these Rothschild couriers were the only merchants allowed to pass through the English and French blockades. It was these couriers who also kept Nathan Mayer Rothschild up to date with how the war was going so he could use that intelligence to buy and sell from his position on the stock exchange in accordance with that intelligence.

One of Rothschild’s couriers was a man named Rothworth.  When the outcome of the Battle of Waterloo was won by the British, Rothworth took off for the Channel and was able to deliver this news to Nathan Mayer Rothschild, a full 24 hours before Wellington’s own courier.

At that time British bonds were called consuls and they were traded on the floor of the stock exchange. Nathan Mayer Rothschild instructed all his workers on the floor to start selling consuls. The made all the other traders believe that the British had lost the war so they started selling frantically.

Therefore the consuls plummeted in value which was when Nathan Mayer Rothschild discreetly instructed his workers to purchase all the consuls they could lay their hands on.

When news came through that the British had actually won the war, the consuls went up to a level even higher than before the war ended leaving Nathan Mayer Rothschild with a return of approximately 20 to 1 on his investment.

This gave the Rothschild family complete control of the British economy, now the financial centre of the world following Napolean’s defeat, and forced England to set up a new Bank of England, which Nathan Mayer Rothschild controlled.

Interestingly 100 years later the New York Times would run a story stating that Nathan Mayer Rothschild’s grandson had attempted to secure a court order to suppress publication of a book which had this insider trading story in it.  The Rothschild family claimed the story was untrue and libellous, but the court denied the Rothschilds request and ordered the family to pay all court costs.

Back to 1815, this is the year Nathan Mayer Rothschild makes his famous statement,

“I care not what puppet is placed upon the throne of England to rule the Empire on which the sun never sets. The man who controls Britain’s money supply controls the British Empire, and I control the British money supply.”

He would go onto brag that in the 17 years he had been in England he had increased the £20,000 stake given to him by his father, 2500 times to £50 million.The Rothschilds also use their control of the Bank of England to replace the method of shipping gold from country to country and instead used their five banks spread across Europe to set up a system of paper debits and credits, the banking system of today.

By the end of this century, a period of time that was known as the, “Age of the Rothschilds,” it is estimated that the Rothschild family controlled half the wealth of the world.

However something that did not go well for the Rothschilds this year was the Congress of Vienna, which started in September, 1814 and concluded in June of this year.  The reason for this Congress of Vienna, was for the Rothschilds to create a form of world government, to give them complete political control over much of the civilized world.

Many of the European governments were in debt to the Rothschilds, so they figured they could use that as a bargaining tool.  However the Tsar Alexander I of Russia, who had not succumbed to a Rothschild central bank, would not go along with the plan, so the Rothschild world government plan failed.

Enraged by this, Nathan Mayer Rothschild swore that some day he or his descendants would destroy the Tsar Alexander I’s  entire family and descendants.  Unfortunately he was true to his word and 102 years later Rothschild funded Bolsheviks would act upon that promise.

Interestingly, world government fanatic and Ashkenazi Jew, Henry Kissinger, did his doctoral dissertation on the Congress of Vienna.

1816: The American Congress passes a bill permitting yet another Rothschild dominated central bank, which gives the Rothschilds control of the American money supply again.  This is called the Second Bank of the United States and is given a twenty year charter.  The British war against the America therefore ends with the deaths of thousands of British and American soldiers, but the Rothschilds get their bank.

1818: Following the French securing massive loans in 1817 in order to help rebuild after their disastrous defeat at Waterloo, Rothschild agents bought vast amounts of French government bonds causing their value to increase.

On November 5th they dumped the lot on the open market causing their value to plummet and France to go into a financial panic. The Rothschilds then stepped in to take control of the French money supply. This was the same year the Rothschilds were able to loan £5,000,000 to the Prussian government.

1821: Kalmann (Carl) Mayer Rothschild was sent to Naples, Italy.  He would end up doing a lot of business with the Vatican and Pope Gregory XVI subsequently conferred upon him the Order of St. George.

Also, whenever the Pope received Kalmann, he would give him his hand rather than the customary toe to kiss, which showed the extent of Kalmann’s power over the Vatican.

1822: The emperor of Austria made the five Rothschild brothers Barons.  Nathan Mayer Rothschild chose not to take up the title.

1823: The Rothschilds take over the financial operations of the Catholic Church, worldwide.

1827: Sir Walter Scott publishes his nine volume set, The life of Napolean and in volume two he states that the French Revolution was planned by the Illuminati (Adam Weishaupt) and was financed by the money changers of Europe (The Rothschilds).

1832:  President Andrew Jackson (the 7th President of the United States from 1829 to 1837), runs the campaign for his second term in office under the slogan, “Jackson And No Bank!”  This is in reference to his plan to take the control of the American money system to benefit the American people, not for the profiteering of the Rothschilds.

1833:  President Andrew Jackson starts removing the government’s deposits from the Rothschild controlled, Second Bank of the United States and instead deposits them into banks directed by democratic bankers.

This causes the Rothschilds to panic and so they do what they do best, contract the money supply causing a depression.  President Jackson knows what they are up to and later states,

“You are a den of thieves vipers, and I intend to rout you out, and by the Eternal God, I will rout you out.”

1834:  The Italian revolutionary leader, Guiseppe Mazzini, is selected by the Illuminati to direct their revolutionary program throughout the world and would serve in that capacity until he died in 1872.1835:  On January 30, an assassin tries to shoot President Jackson, but miraculously both of the assassin’s pistols misfired.  President Jackson would later claim that he knew the Rothschilds were responsible for that attempted assassination.  He is not the only one, the assassin, Richard Lawrence, who was found not guilty by reason of insanity, later bragged that powerful people in Europe had hired him and promised to protect him if he were caught.

The Rothschilds acquire the rights in the Almadén quicksilver mines in Spain. This was at the time the biggest concession in the world and as quicksilver was a vital component in the refining of gold or silver this gave the Rothschilds a virtual world monopoly.

1836: Following his years of fighting against the Rothschilds and their central bank in America, President Andrew Jackson finally succeeds in throwing the Rothschilds central bank out of America, when the bank’s charter is not renewed. It would not be until 1913 that the Rothschilds would be able to set up their third central bank in America, the Federal Reserve, and to ensure no mistakes are made, this time they will put one of their own bloodline, Jacob Schiff, in charge of the project.

Nathan Mayer Rothschild dies and the control of his bank, N. M. Rothschild & Sons is passed on to his younger brother, James Mayer Rothschild.

1837:  The Rothschilds send one of their own, August Belmont, an Ashkenazi Jew, to America to salvage their banking interests defeated by President Andrew Jackson.

1840: The Rothschilds become the Bank of England’s bullion brokers. They set up agencies in California and Australia.

1841: President John Tyler (the 10th President of the United States From 1841 to 1845) vetoed the act to renew the charter for the Bank of the United States. He goes on to receive hundreds of letters threatening him with assassination.

1844: Salomon Mayer Rothschild purchases the United Coal Mines of Vítkovice and Austro-Hungarian Blast Furnace Company that would go on to be one of the top ten global industrial concerns.

Benjamin Disraeli, an Ashkenazi Jew (who would go on to become British Prime Minister twice – the only admitted Ashkenazi Jew to do so) publishes Coningsby, in which he characterises Nathan Mayer Rothschild as,

“the Lord and Master of the money markets of the world, and of course virtually Lord and Master of everything else. He literally held the revenues of Southern Italy in pawn, and Monarchs and Ministers of all countries courted his advice and were guided by his suggestions.”

1845: The Great American Patriot, Andrew Jackson (7th President of the United States) dies.Before his death he is asked what he regarded his as greatest achievement.  He replies without hesitation,

“I Killed The Bank,”

This is in reference to the fact he banished the Rothschilds Second Bank of the United States in 1836.Jacob (James) Mayer Rothschild (who by now had married his niece, Betty, Salomon Mayer Rothschild’s daughter), now known as Baron James de Rothschild, wins the contract to build the first major railway line across the country.

This was called the Chemin De Fer Du Nord and ran initially from Paris to Valenciennes and then joined with the Austrian rail network built by his brother (and wife’s father – all sounds a bit sordid doesn’t it) Salomon Mayer Rothschild.

1847: Lionel De Rothschild now married to the daughter of his uncle, Kalmann (Carl) Mayer Rothschild, is elected to the parliamentary seat for the City of London.

A requirement for entering parliament was to take an oath in the true faith of a Christian. Lionel De Rothschild refused to do this as he was Jewish and his seat in parliament remained empty for 11 years until new oaths were allowed.  He must have been an invaluable representative for his constituency, bearing in mind he could never vote on any bill as he never entered parliament!  I wonder how he managed to keep his parliamentary seat for 11 years?

1848: Karl Marx, an Ashkenazi Jew, publishes, “The Communist Manifesto.”  Interestingly at the same time as he is working on this, Karl Ritter of Frankfurt University was writing the antithesis which would form the basis for Freidrich Wilhelm Nietzsche’s,  “Nietzscheanism.”  This Nietzecheanism was later developed into Fascism and then into Nazism and was used to forment the first and second world wars.

Marx, Ritter, and Nietzsche were all funded and under the instruction of the Rothschilds.  The idea was that those who direct the overall conspiracy could use the differences in those two so-called ideologies to enable them to divide larger and larger factions of the human race into opposing camps so that they could be armed and then brainwashed into fighting and destroying each other, and particularly, to destroy all political and religious institutions.  The same plan put forward by Weishaupt in 1776.

Eva Hanau, Amschel Mayer Rothschild’s wife dies.

1849: Gutle Schnaper, Mayer Amschel Rothschild’s wife dies. Before her death she would nonchalantly state,

“If my sons did not want wars, there would be none.”

1850: Construction begins this decade on the manor houses of Mentmore in England and Ferrières in France, more Rothschilds Manors will follow throughout the world, all of them filled with works of art.Jacob (James) Rothschild in France is said to be worth 600 million francs, which at the time was 150 million francs more than all the other bankers in France put together.

1852: N.M. Rothschild & Sons begins refining gold and silver for the Royal Mint and the Bank of England and other international customers.

1853: Nathaniel de Rothschild, the son in law of Jacob (James) Mayer Rothschild, purchases Château Brane Mouton, the Bordeaux vineyard of Mouton, and renames it Château Mouton Rothschild.

1854: Caroline Stern, Salomon Mayer Rothschild’s wife, dies.

1855: Amschel Mayer Rothschild dies.

Salomon Mayer Rothschild dies.

Kalmann (Carl) Mayer Rothschild dies.

1858: Lionel De Rothschild finally takes his seat in parliament when the requirement to take an oath in the true faith of a Christian is broadened to include other oaths. He becomes the first Jewish member of the British parliament.

1861: President Abraham Lincoln (16th President of the United States from 1860 till his assassination in 1865) approaches the big banks in New York to try to obtain loans to support the ongoing American civil war.  As these large banks were heavily under the influence of the Rothschilds, they offer him a deal they know he cannot accept, 24% to 36% interest on all monies loaned.

Lincoln is very angry about this high level of interest and so he prints his own debt free money and informs the public that this is now legal tender for both public and private debts.

1862: By April $449,338,902 worth of Lincoln’s debt free money has been printed and distributed. He states of this,

“We gave the people of this republic the greatest blessing they ever had, their own paper money to pay their own debts.”

That same year The Times of London publishes a story containing the following statement,

“If that mischievous financial policy, which had its origin in the North American Republic, should become indurated down to a fixture, then that government will furnish its own money without cost. It will pay off debts and be without a debt. It will have all the money necessary to carry on its commerce.

It will become prosperous beyond precedent in the history of civilized governments of the world. The brains and the wealth of all countries will go to North America. That government must be destroyed or it will destroy every monarchy on the globe.”

1863: President Abraham Lincoln discovers the Tsar of Russia, Alexander II (1855 – 1881), was having problems with the Rothschilds as well as he was refusing their continual attempts to set up a central bank in Russia.  The Tsar then gives President Lincoln some unexpected help.The Tsar issued orders that if either England or France actively intervened in the American Civil War, and help the South, Russia would consider such action a declaration of war, and take the side of President Lincoln.  To show that he wasn’t messing about, he sent part of his Pacific Fleet to port in San Francisco and another part to New York.

The Rothschild banking house in Naples, Italy, C. M. de Rothschild e figli, closes following the unification of Italy. The Rothschilds use one of their own in America, John D. Rockefeller, to form an oil business called Standard Oil which eventually takes over all of its competition.

1864: Rothschild, August Belmont, who by now is the Democratic Party’s National Chairman, supports General George McClellan as the Democratic nominee to run against President Abraham Lincoln in this year’s election.  Much to the anger of Belmont, President Lincoln wins the election.

1865: In a statement to Congress, President Abraham Lincoln states,

“I have two great enemies, the Southern Army in front of me, and the financial institutions in the rear. Of the two, the one in my rear is my greatest foe.”

Later that year, on April 14, President Lincoln is assassinated, less than two months before the end of the American Civil War.Following a brief training period in the Rothschilds London Bank, Jacob Schiff, a Rothschild, born in their house in Frankfurt, arrives in America at the age of 18, with instructions and the finance necessary to buy into a banking house there.  The purpose of this was to carry out the following tasks.

1.  Gain control of America’s money system through the establishment of a central bank.
2.  Find desirable men, who for a price, would be willing to serve as stooges for the Illuminati and promote them into high places in the federal government, the Congress, Supreme Court, and all the federal agencies.
3.  Create minority group strife throughout the nations, particularly targeting the whites and blacks.
4.  Create a movement to destroy religion in the United States, with Christianity as the main target.

Nathaniel de Rothschild becomes Member of Parliament for Aylesbury in Buckinghamshire.1868: Jacob (James) Mayer Rothschild dies, shortly after purchasing Château Lafite, one of the four great premier grand cru estates of France. He is the last of Mayer Amschel Rothschild’s sons to die.

1870: Nathaniel de Rothschild dies.

1871:  An American General named, Albert Pike, who had been enticed into the Illuminati by Guissepe Mazzini, completes his military blueprint for three world wars and various revolutions throughout the world, culminating into moving this great conspiracy into its final stage.

The first world war is to be fought for the purpose of destroying the Tsar in Russia,as promised by Nathan Mayer Rothschild in 1815.  The Tsar is to be replaced with communism which is to be used to attack religions, predominantly Christianity.  The differences between the British and German empires are to be used to forment this war.

The second world war is to be used to forment the controversy between facism and political zionism with the slaughter of Jews in Germany a lynchpin in bringing hatred against the German people.  This is designed to destroy fascism (which the Rothschilds created) and increase the power of political zionism.  This war is also designed to increase the power of communism to the level that it equalled that of united Christendom.

The third world war is to be played out by stirring up hatred of the Muslim world for the purposes of playing the Islamic world and the political zionists off against one another.  Whilst this is going on, the remaining nations would be forced to fight themselves into a state of mental, physical, spiritual and economic exhaustion.

On August 15th of this year, Albert Pike writes a letter (now catalogued in the British Museum) to Guiseppe Mazzini in which he states the following,

“We shall unleash the nihilists and the atheists and we shall provoke a great social cataclysm which in all its horror will show clearly to all nations the effect of absolute atheism; the origins of savagery and of most bloody turmoil.

Then everywhere, the people will be forced to defend themselves against the world minority of the world revolutionaries and will exterminate those destroyers of civilization and the multitudes disillusioned with Christianity whose spirits will be from that moment without direction and leadership and anxious for an ideal, but without knowledge where to send its adoration, will receive the true light through the universal manifestation of the pure doctrine of Lucifer brought finally out into public view.A manifestation which will result from a general reactionary movement which will follow the destruction of Christianity and Atheism; both conquered and exterminated at the same time.”

Pike, who having been elected as Sovereign Grand Commander of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry’s Southern Jurisdiction in 1859, was the most powerful Freemason in America.  He would retain that post for 32 years until his death in 1891.  He also published a book on the subject in 1872 entitled, “Morals and Dogma of the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite of Freemasonry,” in which he candidly states the following,

“LUCIFER, the Light-bearer! Strange and mysterious name to give to the Spirit of Darknesss! Lucifer, the Son of the Morning! Is it he who bears the Light, and with its splendors intolerable blinds feeble, sensual or selfish Souls? Doubt it not!”

1872:  Prior to Guiseppe Mazzini’s death this year, he makes another revolutionary leader named Adrian Lemmy his successor.  Lemmy will be subsequently succeeded by Lenin and Trotsky, then by Stalin.  The revolutionary activities of all these men are financed by the Rothschilds.1873: The loss making Rio Tinto copper mines in Spain, are purchased by a group of foreign financiers including the Rothschilds. These mines represented Europe’s largest source of copper.

1875: On January 1 of this year Jacob Schiff, now Solomon Loeb’s son-in-law after marrying his daughter, Teresa, takes control of the banking house, Kuhn, Loeb & Co.  He goes on to finance John D. Rockefeller’s Standard Oil Company, Edward R. Harriman’s Railroad Empire, and Andrew Carnegie’s Steel Empire.  This is all with Rothschild money.

He then identifies the other largest bankers in America at that time.  They are, J.P. Morgan who controls Wall Street, and the Drexels and the Biddles of Philadelphia. All the other financiers, big and little, danced to the music of those three houses.  Schiff then gets the European Rothschilds to set up European branches of these three large banks on the understanding that Schiff, and therefore Rothschild, is to be the boss of banking in New York and therefore America.

N M Rothschild & Sons undertake a share issue to raise capital for the first channel tunnel project to link France to England, with half of its capital coming from the Rothschild owned Compagnie du Chemin de Fer du Nord.

This year Lionel De Rothschild also loans Prime Minister Benjamin Disraeli the finance for the British government to purchase the shares in the Suez Canal, from Khedive Said of Egypt. This was done as the Rothschilds needed this access route to be held by a government they controlled, so they could use that government’s military to protect their huge business interests in the Middle East.

1876: Otto von Bismarck states,

“The division of the United States into two federations of equal force was decided long before the civil war by the high financial power of Europe.  These bankers were afraid that the United States, if they remained in one block and as one nation, would attain economical and financial independence, which would upset their financial domination over the world.

The voice of the Rothschilds predominated. They foresaw the tremendous booty if they could substitute two feeble democracies, indebted to the financiers, to the vigorous Republic, confident and self-providing.Therefore they started their emissaries in order to exploit the question of slavery and thus dig an abyss between the two parts of the Republic.”

1879: Lionel de Rothschild dies.1880:  Rothschild agents begin formenting a series of pogroms predominantly in Russia, but also in Poland, Bulgaria and Romania.  These pogroms resulted in the slaughter of thousands of innocent Jews, causing approximately 2 million to flee, mainly to New York, but also to Chicago, Philadelphia, Boston and Los Angeles.

The reason these pogroms were initiated, was to create a large Jewish base in America, who when they arrived, would be educated to register as Democrat voters.  Some twenty years later, this would result in in a massive Democratic power base in the United States and be used to elect Rothschild front men such as Woodrow Wilson, to the Presidency, to carry out the bidding of the Rothschilds.

1881: President James A. Garfield (The 20th President of the United States who lasted only 100 Days) states two weeks before he is assassinated,

“Whoever controls the volume of money in our country is absolute master of all industry and commerce…and when you realize that the entire system is very easily controlled, one way or another, by a few powerful men at the top, you will not have to be told how periods of inflation and depression originate.”

Edmond James de Rothschild has a son Maurice de Rothschild.1883: After 6,000 feet of tunnel in the channel tunnel project being excavated, the British government halt the project citing the fact that it would be a threat to Britain’s security.

1885: Nathaniel Rothschild, son of Lionel De Rothschild, becomes the first Jewish peer and is takes the title of Lord Rothschild.

1886: The French Rothschild bank, de Rothschild Frères obtains substantial amounts of Russia’s oil fields and forms the Caspian and Black Sea Petroleum Company, which quickly becomes the world’s second largest oil producer.

1887: Opium trafficker in China, Edward Albert Sassoon, marries Aline Caroline de Rothschild, the grand-daughter of Jacob (James) Mayer Rothschild.  Aline Caroline’s father, Gustave, together with his brother, Alphonse, took over the Rothschild’s french arm following their father Jacob’s death.

The Rothschilds finance the amalgamation of the Kimberley diamond mines in South Africa. They subsequently become the biggest shareholders of this company, De Beers, and mine precious stones in Africa and India.

1888: Noémie Halphen, future wife of Maurice de Rothschild born.

1891: The British Labour Leader makes the following statement on the subject of the Rothschilds,

“This blood-sucking crew has been the cause of untold mischief and misery in Europe during the present century, and has piled up its prodigious wealth chiefly through fomenting wars between States which ought never to have quarrelled.Whenever there is trouble in Europe, wherever rumours of war circulate and men’s minds are distraught with fear of change and calamity you may be sure that a hook-nosed Rothschild is at his games somewhere near the region of the disturbance.”

Comments like this worry the Rothschilds and towards the end of the 1800’s they purchase Reuters news agency so they can have some control of the media.1895: Edmond James de Rothschild the youngest son of Jacob (James) Mayer Rothschild visits Palestine and subsequently supplies the funds to found the first Jewish colonies there, this is to further their long term objective of creating a Rothschild owned country.

1897: The Rothschilds found the Zionist Congress to promote Zionism (a political movement with the sole aim of moving all Jews into a singularly Jewish nation state) and arrange its first meeting in Munich.  However due to extreme opposition from local Jews, who are quite happy where they are, this meeting has to be moved to Basle, Switzerland and takes place on 29 August. The meeting is chaired by Ashkenazi Jew, Theodor Herzl, who would state in his diaries,

“It is essential that the sufferings of Jews….become worse….this will assist in realization of our plans….I have an excellent idea….I shall induce anti-Semites to liquidate Jewish wealth….The anti-Semites will assist us thereby in that they will strengthen the persecution and oppression of Jews. The anti-Semites shall be our best friends.”

Herzl is subsequently elected President of the Zionist Organisation which adopts the, “Rothschild Red Hexagram or Sign,” as the Zionist flag which 51 years later will end up as the flag of Israel.Edward Henry Harriman becomes a director of the Union Pacific Railroad and goes on to take control of the Southern Pacific Railroad. This is all financed by the Rothschilds.

1898: Ferdinand de Rothschild dies.

1901: The Jews from the colonies set up in Palestine by Edmond James de Rothschild, send a delegation to him which tell him,

“If you wish to save the Yishuv (The Jewish settlement) first take your hands from it, and…for once permit the colonists to have the possibility of correcting for themselves what needs correcting.”

Edmond James de Rothschild is very angry about this and states,

“I created the Yishuv, I alone.  Therefore no men, neither colonists nor organisations have the right to interfere in my plans.”

The Rothschild banking house in Frankfurt, Germany, M. A. von Rothschild und Söhne, closes as there is no male Rothschild heir to take it on.1902: Philippe de Rothschild born.

1905: A group of Rothschild backed Zionist Jews led by Georgi Apollonovich Gapon attempt to overthrow the Tsar in Russia in a Communist Coup.  They fail and are forced to flee Russia only to be given refuge in Germany.

The Jewish Encyclopaedia (Vol. 2, p.497) states,

“It is a somewhat curious sequel to the attempt to set up a Catholic competitor to the Rothschilds that at the present time the latter are the guardians of the papal treasure.”

1906: The Rothschilds claim that due to growing instability in the region and increasing competition from Rockefeller (the Rockefeller family are Rothschild descendants through a female bloodline) owned Standard Oil, this is why they sell their Caspian and Black Sea Petroleum Company to Royal Dutch and Shell.  This is another example of the Rothschilds trying to hide their true wealth.1907: Rothschild, Jacob Schiff, the head of Kuhn, Loeb and Co., in a speech to the New York Chamber of Commerce, warns that,

“Unless we have a Central Bank with adequate control of credit resources, this country is going to undergo the most severe and far reaching money panic in its history.”

Suddenly America finds itself in the middle of another typical run of the mill Rothschild engineered financial crisis, which ruins as usual ruins the lives of millions of innocent people throughout America and makes billions for the Rothschilds.1909: Jacob Schiff founds the National Advancement for the Association of the Coloured People (NAACP).  This was done to incite black people into roiting, looting and other forms of disorder, in order to cause a rift between the black and white communities.  Jewish historian, Howard Sachar, states the following in his book, “A History of the Jews in America,”

“In 1914, Professor Emeritus Joel Spingarn of Columbia University became chairman of the NAACP and recruited for its board such Jewish leaders as Jacob Schiff, Jacob Billikopf, and Rabbi Stephen Wise.”

Other Ashkenazi Jew co-founders included Julius Rosenthal, Lillian Wald and Rabbi Emil G. Hirsch.  It was not until 1920 that the NAACP appointed its first black president, James Weldon Johnson.Maurice de Rothschild marries Ashkenazi Jew, Noémie Halphen.

1911: Werner Sombart, in his book, “The Jews and Modern Capitalism,” stated that from 1820 on, it was the,

“Age of the Rothschild,” and concluded that there was, “Only one power in Europe, and that is Rothschild.”

1912: In the December issue of, “Truth,” magazine, George R. Conroy states of banker Jacob Schiff,

“Mr Schiff is head of the great private banking house of Kuhn, Loeb, and co, which represents the Rothschilds interests on this side of the Atlantic.He has been described as financial strategist and has been for years the financial minister of the great impersonal power known as Standard Oil.

He was hand in glove with the Harrimans, the Goulds, and the Rockefellers in all their railroad enterprises and has become the dominant power in the railroad and financial power of America.”

1913: On March 4, Woodrow Wilson is elected the 28th President of the United States.  Shortly after he is inaugurated, he is visited in the White House by Ashkenazi Jew, Samuel Untermyer, of law firm, Guggenheim, Untermyer, and Marshall, who tries to blackmail him for the sum of $40,000 in relation to an affair Wilson had whilst he was a professor at Princeton University, with a fellow professor’s wife.President Wilson does not have the money, so Untermyer volunteers to pay the $40,000 out of his own pocket to the woman Wilson had had the affair with, on the condition that Wilson promise to appoint to the first vacancy on the United States Supreme Court a nominee to be recommended to President Wilson by Untermyer.  Wilson agrees to this.

Jacob Schiff sets up the Anti Defamation League (ADL) in the United States.  This organisation is formed to slander anyone who questions or challenges the Rothschild global conspiracy as, “anti-semitic.”

Strangely enough, the same year that they do this they also set up their last and current central bank in America, the Federal Reserve. Congressman Charles Lindbergh stated following the passing of the Federal Reserve Act on December 23,

“The Act establishes the most gigantic trust on earth. When the President signs this Bill, the invisible government of the monetary power will be legalized…….The greatest crime of the ages is perpetrated by this banking and currency bill.”

It is important to note that the Federal Reserve is a private company, it is neither Federal nor does it have any Reserve. It is conservatively estimated that profits exceed $150 billion per year and the Federal Reserve has never once in its history published accounts.1914:  The start of World War I.  In this war, the German Rothschilds loan money to the Germans, the British Rothschilds loan money to the British, and the French Rothschilds loan money to the French.

Futhermore, the Rothschilds have control of the three European news agencies, Wolff (est. 1849) in Germany, Reuters (est. 1851) in England, and Havas (est. 1835) in France.

The Rothschilds use Wolff to manipulate the German people into a fervour for war. From around this time, the Rothschilds are rarely reported in the media, because they own the media.

1916:  On June 4, Ashkenazi Jew, Louis Dembitz Brandeis is appointed to the Supreme Court of the United States by President Wilson as per his agreed blackmail payment to Samuel Untermyer some three years earlier.  Justice Brandeis is also the elected leader of the Executive Committee for Zionist Affairs, a position he has held since 1914.

The middle of World War II.  Germany were winning the war as they were being financed by the Rothschilds to a greater extent than France, Italy and England, because Rothschilds, did not want to support the Tsar in Russia, and of course Russia was on the same side as France, Italy and England.

Then a significant event occurred.  Germany, although they were winning the war and not one foreign soldier had set foot on their soil, offered armistice to Britain with no requirement of reparations.  The Rothschilds were anxious to make sure this didn’t happen as they were expecting to make far more money off this war, so they played another card they had up their sleeve.

Whilst the British were considering Germany’s offer, Rothschild agent Louis Brandeis sends a Zionist delegation from America to Britain to promise to bring America into the war on the side of the British, provided the British agree to give the land of Palestine to the Rothschilds.

The Rothschilds wanted Palestine for the following reason.  They had great business interests in the far east and desired their own state in that area along with their own military which they could use as an aggressor to any state that threatened those interests.

The British subsequently agree to the deal for Palestine and the Zionists in London contact their counterparts in America and inform them of this fact.  Suddenly all the major newspapers in America that up to that point had been pro-German turned on Germany running propaganda pieces such as:  German soldiers were killing Red Cross Nurses; German soldiers were cutting off babies hands, etc, in order to manipulate the American public against the Germans.

This same year, President Woodrow Wilson, ran a re-election campaign under the slogan, “Re-Elect The Man Who Will Keep Your Sons Out Of The War.”

On December 12, Germany and her allies offer peace terms to end the war.

1917:  As a result of Germany’s offer of peace the Rothschild war machine goes into overdrive in America, spreading propaganda which leads to President Wilson under the instructions of American Zionist leader and Supreme Court Justice, Louis Dembitz Brandeis, reneging on his promise to the electorate and taking America into the first world war on April 6.

As per the Rothschild Zionist promise to the British, to take America into the war, they decide they want something in writing from the British to prove that they will uphold their side of the bargain.  The British Foreign Secretary, Arthur James Balfour therefore drafts a letter which is commonly known as the, “Balfour Declaration,” which is reprinted below.

Foreign OfficeNovember 2nd, 1917

Dear Lord Rothschild,

I have much pleasure in conveying to you, on behalf of His Majesty’s Government, the following declaration of sympathy with Jewish Zionist aspirations which has been submitted to, and approved by, the Cabinet.

His Majesty’s Government view with favour the establishment in Palestine of a national home for the Jewish people, and will use their best endeavours to facilitate the achievement of this object, it being clearly understood that nothing shall be done which may prejudice the civil and religious rights of existing non-Jewish communities in Palestine, or the rights and political status enjoyed by Jews in any other country.

I should be grateful if you would bring this declaration to the knowledge of the Zionist Federation.

Yours sincerely,

Arthur James Balfour

The Rothschilds order the execution by the Bolsheviks they control, of Tsar Nicholas II and his entire family in Russia, even though the Tsar had already abdicated on March 2.  This is both to get control of the country and an act of revenge for Tsar Alexander I blocking their world government plan in 1815 at the Congress Of Vienna, and Tsar Alexander II siding with President Abraham Lincoln in 1864.It is extremely important for them to slaughter the entire family including women and children in order to make good on the promise to do so made by Nathan Mayer Rothschild in 1815.  It is designed to show the world what happens if you ever attempt to cross the Rothschilds.

U.S. Congressman Oscar Callaway informs Congress that J. P. Morgan is a Rothschild front and has taken control of the American media industry.  He states,

“In March, 1915, the J.P. Morgan interests, the steel, shipbuilding, and powder interest, and their subsidiary organizations, got together 12 men high up in the newspaper world and employed them to select the most influential newspapers in the United States and sufficient number of them to control generally the policy of the daily press……They found it was only necessary to purchase the control of 25 of the greatest papers…An agreement was reached.  The policy of the papers was bought, to be paid for by the month, an editor was furnished for each paper to properly supervise and edit information regarding the questions of preparedness, militarism, financial policies, and other things of national and international nature considered vital to the interests of the purchasers.”

1919:  In January, Ashkenazi Jews, Karl Liebknecht and Rosa Luxemburg, are killed as they attempt to lead another Rothschild funded Communist coup, this time in Berlin, Germany.The Versailles peace conference is held to decide reparations that the Germans need to pay to the victors following the end of the first world war.  A delegation of 117 Zionists headed up by Ashkenazi Jew, Bernard Baruch, bring up the subject of the promise of Palestine for them.  At this point the Germans realised why America had turned on them and under whose influence, the Rothschilds.

The Germans, naturally, felt they had been betrayed by the Zionists.  This is because, at the time the Rothschilds made their deal with Britain for Palestine, in exchange for bringing America into the war, Germany was the most friendly country in the world towards the Jews, indeed the German Emancipation Edict of 1822 guaranteed Jews in Germany all civil rights enjoyed by Germans.

Also, Germany was the only country in Europe which did not place restrictions on Jews, even giving them refuge when they had to flee from Russia after their first attempted Communist coup failed there in 1905.

Nevertheless, the Rothschilds had held up their side of the bargain to spill the blood of millions of innocents and as a result, Palestine is confirmed as a Jewish homeland, and whilst its handover to the Rothschilds takes place it is to remain under the control of Britain as the Rothschilds control Britain.  At that time less than one percent of the population of Palestine was Jewish.  Interestingly, the host of the Versailles peace conference is its boss, Baron Edmond de Rothschild.

The Versailles peace conference is also used as an attempt by the Rothschilds to set up a world government under the pretext of ending all wars (which they create).  This was called the, “League of Nations.”  Fortunately not enough countries accepted it and so it soon died.

On March 29th The Times of London reports on the Bolsheviks in Russia,

“One of the curious features of the Bolshevist movement is the high percentage of non Russian elements among its leaders. Of the twenty or thirty commissaries, or leaders, who provide the central machinery of the Bolshevist movement, not less than 75% were Jews.”

It is reported that the Rothschilds were angry with the Russians because they were not prepared to allow them to form a central bank within their nation.  They therefore gathered groups of Jewish spies and sent them into Russia to drum up a revolution for the benefit of the common man, which was actually a takeover of Russia by a Rothschild controlled satanic elite.These Jewish spies were, in age old deceptive Ashkenazi tradition, given Russian names, for example Trotsky was a member of the first group and his original name was Bronstein. These groups were sent to areas throughout Russia to incite riots and rebellion.

The Jewish Post International Edition, week ending January 24th 1991, confirms Vladimir Lenin was Jewish. Lenin is also on record as having stated,

“The establishment of a central bank is 90% of communizing a nation.”

These Jewish, Rothschild funded Bolsheviks would go on in the course of history to slaughter 60 million Christians and Non-Jews in Soviet controlled territory. Indeed the author Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn in his work, “Gulag Archipelago, Vol 2,” affirms that Zionist Jews created and administered the organized Soviet concentration camp system in which these tens of millions of Christians and Non-Jews died.On page 79 of this book he even names the administrators of this the greatest killing machine in the history of the world. They are Aron Solts, Yakov Rappoport, Lazar Kogan, Matvei Berman, Genrikh Yagoda, and Naftaly Frenkel. All six are Zionist Jews. In 1970 Solzhenitsyn would be awarded the Nobel Peace Prize for literature.

N. M. Rothschild & Sons’ are given a permanent role to fix the world’s daily gold price. This takes place in the City of London offices, daily at 1100 hours, in the same room until 2004.

1920: Winston Churchill (whose mother, Jenny (Jacobson) Jerome, was Jewish – meaning he is Jewish under Ashkenazi law as he was born of a Jewish mother) writes in an article in the Illustrated Sunday Herald, dated February 8th,

“From the days of Illuminati leader Weishaupt, to those of Karl Marx, to those of Trotsky, this worldwide conspiracy has been steadily growing.And now at last this band of extraordinary personalities from the underworld of the great cities of Europe and America, have gripped the Russian people by the hair of their heads and become the undisputed masters of that enormous empire.”

1921:  Under the orders of Jacob Schiff the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) is founded by Ashkenazi Jews, Bernard Baruch and Colonel Edward Mandell House.  Schiff gave his orders prior to his death in 1920, as he knew an organisation in America needed to be set up to select politicians to carry on the Rothschild conspiracy,and the formation of the CFR was actually agreed in a meeting on May 30, 1919 at the Hotel Majestic in Paris, France.The CFR membership at the start was approximately 1000 people in the United States.  This membership included the heads of virtually every industrial empire in America, all the American based international bankers, and the heads of all their tax free foundations.  In essence all those people who would provide the capital required for anyone who wished to run for Congress, the Senate or the Presidency.

The first job of the CFR was to gain control of the press.  This task was given to John D. Rockefeller who set up a number of national news magazines such as Life, and Time.  He financed Samuel Newhouse to buy up and establish a chain of newspapers all across the country, and Eugene Meyer also who would go on to buy up many publications such as the Washington Post, Newsweek, ant The Weekly Magazine.

The CFR also needed to gate control of radio, television and the motion picture industry.  This task was split amongst the international bankers from, Kuhn Loeb, Goldman Sachs, the Warburgs, and the Lehmanns.

1925:  This year’s Jewish Encyclopaedia, states of the existence of Ashkenazi Jews (who represent approximately 90% of so-called world Jewry), with the startling admission that the so called enemy of the Jews, Esau (also known as Edom, see Genesis 36:1), now actually represents the Jewish race, when on page 42 of Volume V it is stated,

“Edom is in modern Jewry.”

So what they’re basically saying is that these Ashkenazi Jews, who represent 90% of the so-called Jewish population, are actually gentiles or goyim themselves.1926: N. M. Rothschild & Sons refinance the Underground Electric Railways Company of London Ltd which has a controlling interest in the entire London Underground transport system.

Maurice de Rothschild has a son, Edmond de Rothschild.

1929:  The Rothschilds crash the United States economy by contracting the money supply.

1930:  The first Rothschild world bank, the, “Bank for International Settlements (BIS),” is established in Basle, Switzerland.  The same place as where 33 years earlier the first ever World Zionist Congress was held.

1933: On January 30, Adolf Hitler becomes Chancellor of Germany.  He drives Jews, many of which were Communist out of Governmental positions within Germany.  As a result of this, in July, the Jews hold a World Conference in Amsterdam during which they demand that Hitler re-instate every Jew back to his former position.

Hitler refuses and as a result of this, Samuel Untermyer, the Ashkenazi Jew who blackmailed President Wilson,and is now the head of the American delegation and the president of the whole conference, returns to the United States, and makes a speech on radio which was transcribed in the From the New York Times, Monday, August 7, 1933.  In the speech he made the following statements,

“…the Jews are the aristocrats of the world…Our campaign is…the economic boycott against all German goods, shipping and services…What we are proposing…is to prosecute a purely defensive economic boycott that will undermine the Hitler regime and bring the German people to their senses by destroying their export trade on which their very existence depends……Each of you, Jew and Gentile alike…must refuse to deal with any merchant or shopkeeper who sells any German-made goods or who patronizes German ships or shipping.”

As two thirds of Germany’s food supply had to be imported, and could only be imported with the proceeds of what they exported, if Germany could not export, two thirds of Germany’s population would starve, as there would be not enough food for more than one third of the population.As a result of this boycott, Jews throughout America, would protest outside and damage any stores in which they found any products with, “Made in Germany,” printed on them, causing stores to have to dump these products or risk bankruptcy.

Once the effects of this boycott began to be felt in Germany, the Germans, who had demonstrated no violence towards the Jews up to this point, simply began boycotting Jewish stores in the same way the Jews had done to stores selling German products in America.

Rothschild financed IBM, supply machines to the Nazis which produce punch cards to help organize and manage the initial identification and social expulsion of Jews, the confiscation of their property and their extermination.

On November 16, President Roosevelt recognizes the Zionist regime of Stalin in Russia without consultation with Congress even as 8,000 Ukrainians march in protest in New York.

Also this year, President Roosevelt, born of a Jewish mother, therefore satisfying Ashkenazi rules of being Jewish, orders the all-seeing eye to be placed upon all new dollar bills along with the motto, “Novus Ordo Seclorum.”  This is latin for, “A New Order of the Ages.”

1934: Swiss banking secrecy laws are reformed and it becomes an offence resulting in imprisonment for any bank employee to violate bank secrecy. This is all in preparation for the Rothschild engineered Second World War in which as usual they will fund both sides.

Edmond de Rothschild dies.

1936:  With regard to the increase in anti-semitism in Germany, Samuel Landman (at the time, secretary to the World Zionist Organisation), in his 1936 book, Great Britain, The Jews, and Palestine states the following of the United States entry into World War 1,

“The fact that it was Jewish help that brought USA into the War on the side of the Allies has rankled ever since in German – especially Nazi – minds, and has contributed in no small measure to the prominence which anti-Semitism occupies in the Nazi programme.”

1938: On 7th November, a Jew, Herschel Grynszpan, assassinated Ernst vom Rath, a minor official at the German Embassy in Paris.  As a result of this German hostility towards Jews in Germany started to turn violent.The Rothschilds Austrian banking house in Vienna, S. M. von Rothschild und Söhne, closes following the Nazi occupation of Austria.

1939: I.G. Farben the leading producer of chemicals in the world and largest German producer of steel dramatically increases its production. This increased production is almost exclusively used to arm Germany for the Second World War.  This company was controlled by the Rothschilds and would go on to use Jews and other disaffected peoples as slave labour in the concentration camps. I.G. Farben also created the lethal Zyklon B gas that was used to exterminate the Jews.

On 1 September, the Second world war starts when Germany invades Poland.  This was because the German leadership were a Christian leadership, who understood that Soviet Russia was led by Rothschild funded Communists, and they feared that as the Soviet Union grew in strength, these Jewish Communists would invade and wipe all the Christians off the map.

1940: Hansjurgen Koehler in his book, “Inside The Gestapo,” states the following, of Maria Anna Schicklgruber, Adolf Hitler’s grandmother,

“A little servant girl…….came to Vienna and became a domestic servant…….at the Rothschild mansion…….and Hitler’s unknown grandfather must be probably looked for in this magnificent house.”

This is backed up by Walter Langer in his book, “The Mind Of Hitler,” in which he states,

“Adolf’s father, Alois Hitler, was the illegitimate son of Maria Anna Schicklgruber…….Maria Anna Schicklgruber was living in Vienna at the time she conceived. At that time she was employed as a servant in the home of Baron Rothschild. As soon as the family discovered her pregnancy she was sent back home…….where Alois was born.”

On the surface, it would appear Hitler was unlikely to be a Rothschild, but then again, when you discover the benefits that the Rothschilds got out of this war, both financially and politically, a Rothschild connection does not appear as outlandish as it may initially seem.1941:  President Roosevelt takes America into the second world war by refusing to sell Japan any more steel scrap or oil. Japan was in the midst of a war against China and without that scrap steel and oil, Japan would be unable to continue that war. Japan was totally dependent upon the United States for both steel scrap and oil.  Roosevelt knew this action would provoke the Japanese to attack America, which they subsequently did at Pearl Harbor.

1942: Prescott Bush, father of future American Presidents’ George Herbert Walker and George W, has his company seized under the, “Trading With The Enemy,” Act. He was funding Hitler from America, whilst American soldiers were being killed by German soldiers.

Jews are also being slaughtered by these same soldiers. Interestingly the ADL never criticizes any of the Bushes for this.

1943: February 18th, Zionist, Izaak Greenbaum, head of the Jewish Agency Rescue Committee, in a speech to the Zionist Executive Council states,

“If I am asked, could you give from the UJA (United Jewish Appeal) monies to rescue Jews, I say, no and I say again no!”

He would go onto state,

“One cow in Palestine is worth more than all the Jews in Poland!”

This is not a surprise, the whole idea of Zionist support for the slaughter of innocent Jews was to scare the survivors into believing that their only place of safety was Israel.  How else do you think the Zionists could ensure Jews leave the beautiful European cities in which they live, in order to settle in a desert!1944:  On 6 November Lord Moyne, British Minister Resident in the Middle East was assassinated in Cairo by two members of the Jewish terrorist group, the Stern Gang, led by future Prime Minister of Israel, Yitzhak Shamir.  He is also responsible for  an assassination attempt against Harold MacMichael, the High Commissioner of the British Mandate of Palestine, this same year.

Interestingly he also masterminds another successful assassination this year against the United Nations representative in the Middle East, Count Folke Bernadotte who, although he had secured the release of 21,000 prisoners from German camps during World War II, was seen by Yitzak Shamir and his terrorist collaborators as an anti-Zionist.

In Bretton Woods, New Hampshire, two further Rothschild world banks are created.  The International Monetary Fund (IMF), and the World Bank.

1945: The end of the Second World War. It is reported that I.G. Farben plants were specifically not targeted in the bombing raids on Germany. Interestingly at the end of the war, they were found to have only sustained 15% damage.

The tribunals held at the end of the Second World War, to investigate Nazi War Crimes, censored any materials recording Western assistance to Hitler.

The Rothschilds take a giant step towards their goal of world domination when the second, “League of Nations,” called the, “United Nations,” was approved this year.

1946:  On July 22 the future Prime Minister of Israel, Ashkenazi Jew, David Ben-Gurion, orders another future Prime Minister of Israel, Ashkenazi Jew, Menachem Begin, to carry out a terrorist attack on the King David Hotel in Palestine, to try and drive out the British.  As a result of this 91 people were killed, most of them civilians: 28 British, 41 Arabs, 17 Jews, and 5 others.  Around 45 people are injured.

Menachem Begin went on to proudly proclaimed himself as, “the father of modern terrorism.”  Just to put the gravity of the attack on the King David Hotel into perspective, it was at the time the biggest death toll as a result of single terrorist action ever and was only surpassed over forty years later by the Bombing of Pan Am flight 103 over Lockerbie.

1947: The British who prior to World War 2 declared that there would be no more immigration of Jews to Palestine in order to protect the Palestinians from their acts of terror against both them and British soldiers, transfer control of Palestine to the United Nations.  The United Nations resolve to have Palestine partitioned into two states, one zionist and one arab, with Jerusalem to remain as an international zone to be enjoyed by all religious faiths.

This transfer was scheduled to take place on May 15, 1948.  The United Nations had no right to give Arab property to anyone, as indeed even thought the Jews owned 6% of Palestine at that time, resolution 181 granted the Jews 57% of the land leaving the Arabs who at that time had 94% with only 43%.

Information collected by the ADL in its spy operations on US citizens is used by the House Select Committee on Unamerican Activities. Subcommittee Chair Clare Hoffman dismisses the ADL’s reports on suspected communists as “hearsay.”

1948: In the Spring of this year, the Rothschilds bribe President Harry S. Truman (33rd President of the United States 1945 – 1953) to recognise Israel (Rothschild owned Zionist not Jewish territory) as a sovereign state with $2,000,000 which they give to him on his campaign train.

They then declare Israel to be a sovereign Jewish state in Palestine and within half an hour President Truman declared the United States to be the first foreign nation to recognise it.

The Flag of Israel is unveiled. Despite tremendous opposition the emblem on the flag is a blue coloured version of the Rothschild, “Red Hexagram or Sign.”

This angers many Jews who realise this Hexagram was used in the ancient mystery religions as the symbol of, “Moloch,” (described as a demon of unwilling sacrifice and is also interestingly the name of the stone owl the elite worship at Bohemian Grove), and, “Astaroth,” (described as the Lord Treasurer of Hell).

The Hexagram was also used to represent Saturn, which has been identified as the esoteric name for, “Satan.” This indicates that anyone killed in the name of Israel is actually a sacrifice to Satan. These dissenting Jews believe the, “Menorah,” the oldest Jewish symbol should be used and pointed out that the Hexagram is not even a Jewish symbol, but of course as the Rothschild Zionists use it that is what ends up on the Rothschild, I mean Zionist, I mean Israeli flag.

In the early hours of April 19, 132 Jewish terrorists from the Irgun gang, led by future Israeli Prime Minister Menachem Begin, and the Stern gang, led by future Israeli Prime Minister Yitzhak Shamir, brutally massacre 200 men, women and children as they are sleeping peacefully in the Arab village of Deir Yassin.

Following the United Nations transfer of Palestine to an independent Jewish state and an independent Arab state on May 15, the Israelis launched a military assault on the Arabs with blaring loudspeakers on their trucks informing the Arabs that if they did not flee immediately, they would be slaughtered.

800,000 Arabs with the recent memory of the Deir Yassin massacre at the forefront of their minds, fled in panic.  They asked for help from nighbouring Arab states, but those states did not get involved as they were no match for the Israelis whose up to date military hardware had been supplied by the Jewish Stalinist regime in Russia.  Following this assault, the Jews now controlled 78% of the former Palestine as oppose to the 57% that had been given to them illegally by the United Nations.

The Palestinians, many of them Christians, were never paid compensation for their homes, property and businesses stolen from them during this illegal Jewish assault, and these people ended up in slum refugee cities of tents. Futhermore at least half of the Palestinians in their hurry to flee, left their birth certificates behind.  The State of Israel then passed a law that only those who could prove citizenship were allowed to return to Israel, thus meaning these 400,000 Palestinians could not return and lost all their property they had left there.

Ashkenazi Jew, David Ben-Gurion, one of the father founders of Israel and its first Prime Minister, candidly describes Zionist aims in his diary (21 May 1948) as follows,

“The Achilles heel of the Arab coalition is the Lebanon. Muslim supremacy in this country is artificial and can easily be overthrown. A Christian State ought to be set up there, with its southern frontier on the river Litani.We would sign a treaty of alliance with this State. Thus when we have broken the strength of the Arab Legion and bombed Amman, we could wipe out Trans-Jordan, after that Syria would fall. And if Egypt still dared to make war on us, we would bomb Port Said, Alexandria and Cairo.

We should thus end the war and would have but paid to Egypt, Assyria and Chaldea on behalf of our ancestors.”

1949:  On October 1, Mao Tse Tsung declares the founding of the People’s Republic Of China in Tiananmen Square, Beijing.  He is funded by Rothschild created Communism in Russia and also the following Rothschild agents:  Solomon Adler, a former United States Treasury official who was a Soviet Spy; Israel Epstein, the son of a Jewish Bolshevik imprisoned by the Tsar in Russia for trying to forment a revolution there; and Frank Coe, a leading official of the Rothschild owned IMF.1950: Israel passes their law of return, guaranteeing every Jew worldwide the right to dwell in the state of Israel, however the Palestinians even though they had lived there for 1300 years, were denied that right.

John Davitt, former chief of the Justice Department’s internal security section notes that the Israeli intelligence service is the second most active in the United States after the Soviets and of course both Israel and the Soviet Union are run by an Ashkenazi Jewish leadership.

1951: On 1 April the Israeli Secret Intelligence Agency the Mossad, which will go on to terrorize the world, is formed. The motto of the Mossad is probably the most disgusting secret service motto in the world, it is,

“By Way Of Deception,
Thou Shalt Do War.”

1953: N. M. Rothschild & Sons found the British Newfoundland Corporation Limited to develop 60,000 square miles of land in Newfoundland, Canada, which comprised a power station to harness the power of the Hamilton (later renamed Churchill) Falls. At the time this was the largest construction project ever to be undertaken by a private company.

1954: “The Lavon Affair.”  Israeli agents recruit Egyptian citizens of Jewish descent to bomb Western targets in Egypt, and plant evidence to frame Arabs, in an apparent attempt to upset American/Egyptian relations. Israeli defense minister, Ashkenazi Jew, Pinhas Lavon is eventually removed from office, though many think real responsibility lay with David Ben-Gurion.

A hidden microphone planted by the Israelis is discovered in the Office of the US Ambassador in Tel Aviv.

1955: Edmond de Rothschild founds Compagnie Financiere, Paris.

1956: Telephone taps are found connected to two telephones in the residence of the US military attaché in Tel Aviv.

1957: James de Rothschild dies and it is reported (by the Rothschild owned media) that he bequeaths a large sum of money to the state of Israel to pay for the construction of their parliament building, the Knesset. He states that the Knesset should be,

“a symbol, in the eyes of all men, of the permanence of the State of Israel.”

On page 219 of his book, “Tales of the British Aristocracy,” L.G. Pine, the Editor of Burke’s Peerage, states that the Jews,

“have made themselves so closely connected with the British peerage that the two classes are unlikely to suffer loss which is not mutual. So closely linked are the Jews and the lords that a blow against the Jews in this country would not be possible without injuring the aristocracy also.”

Maurice de Rothschild dies in Paris.1962: de Rothschild Frères establishes Imétal as an umbrella company for all their mineral mining interests.

Frederic Morton publishes his book, The Rothschilds, in which he states,

“Though they control scores of industrial, commercial, mining and tourist corporations, not one bears the name Rothschild. Being private partnerships, the family houses never need to, and never do, publish a single public balance sheet, or any other report of their financial condition.”

This attitude reveals the true aim of the Rothschilds, to eliminate all competition and create their own worldwide monopoly.1963: On June 4th President John F. Kennedy (the 35th President of the United States 1961 – 1963) signs Executive Order 11110 which returned to the U.S. government the power to issue currency, without going through the Rosthchilds owned Federal Reserve.

Less than 6 months later on November 22nd , president Kennedy is assassinated by the Rothschilds for the same reason as they assassinated President Abraham Lincoln in 1865, he wanted to print American money for the American people, as oppose to for the benefit of a money grabbing war mongering foreign elite.

This Executive Order 11110, is rescinded by President Lyndon Baines Johnson (the 36th President of the United States 1963 to 1969) on Air Force One from Dallas to Washington, the same day as President Kennedy was assassinated.

Another, and probably the primary, reason for Kennedy’s assassination is however, the fact that he made it quite clear to Israeli Prime Minister, David Ben-Gurion, that under no circumstances would he agree to Israel becoming a nuclear state.  The Israeli newspaper Ha’aretz on February 5, 1999, in a review of, Avner Cohen’s book, “Israel and the Bomb,” states the following,

“The murder of American President John F. Kennedy brought to an abrupt end the massive pressure being applied by the U.S. administration on the government of Israel to discontinue the nuclear program…The book implied that, had Kennedy remained alive, it is doubtful whether Israel would today have a nuclear option.”

Edmond de Rothschild establishes La Compagnie Financière Edmond de Rothschild (LCF), in Switzerland as a venture capital house. This later develops into an investment bank and asset management company with many affiliates. He also marries his wife Nadine and they have a son, Benjamin de Rothschild.1965: Israel illegally obtains enriched uranium from NUMEC (Nuclear Materials and Equipment Corporation).

1967: The treatment of the Palestinians by the Zionist Jews, finally ignites enough anger in the Arab world for Egypt, Jordan and Syria to mobilise on Israel’s borders.  All of these three countries are suddenly attacked by Israel and as a result the Sinai which included Gaza was stolen from Egypt, and the West Bank and the Jordan River stolen from Jordan.

As a result of this, on June 8, the Israelis launch an attack on the USS Liberty with Israeli aircraft and motor torpedo boats, in an effort to blame it on Egypt, to bring America into the war on their side, and of course follow to the letter, their Mossad motto,

“By Way Of Deception,
Thou Shalt Do War.”

As a result of their attack, 34 American servicemen were killed and 174 wounded.  Israel lies as usual, claiming it mistook this warship that was flying a large United States flag, for an ancient out-of-service Egyptian horse carrier El Quseir, that was 180 feet shorter.  They also claim the ship was in the war zone, when it was actually in international waters, far from any fighting.  The Israeli’s attack on this warship lasts for 75 minutes during which time they shoot up one of the United States flags, resulting in the sailors desperately raising another one.

In the aftermath of this attack, the American sailors who survived are warned by the United States military not to discuss the matter with anyone due to, “national security.”  This story gets no prominence in the Rothschild controlled mainstream media and as usual Israel is in no way even rebuked for their crimes by their subservient country of America.

The following day, June 9th, Israel illegally occupies the Golan Heights which it seizes from Syria. This area goes on to provide Israel with one third of its fresh water.

Israeli General Matityahu Peled, is quoted in Ha’aretz (19 March 1972) with the following statement,

“The thesis that the danger of genocide was hanging over us in June 1967 and that Israel was fighting for its physical existence is only bluff, which was born and developed after the war.”  Another sickening and deceptive statement but again at least he’s consistent with the Mossad motto, “By Way Of Deception, Thou Shalt Do War.”

de Rothschild Frères is renamed Banque Rothschild.1968: Noémie Halphen, wife of Maurice de Rothschild dies.

1970: While working for Senator Henry “Scoop” Jackson, Ashkenazi Jew, Richard Perle is caught by the FBI giving classified information to Israel. Nothing is done.

British Prime Minister Edward Heath makes Lord Victor Rothschild the head of his policy unit. Whilst he is in that role Britain enters the European Community.

1973: In his book, None Dare Call It Conspiracy, Gary Allen states,

“One major reason for the historical blackout on the role of the international bankers in political history is the Rothschilds were Jewish…….The Jewish members of the conspiracy have used an organisation called The Anti-Defamation League (ADL) as an instrument to try and convince everyone that any mention of the Rothschilds and their allies is an attack on all Jews.

In this way they have stifled almost all honest scholarship on international bankers and made the subject taboo within universities.

Any individual or book exploring this subject is immediately attacked by hundreds of ADL communities all over the country. The ADL has never let the truth or logic interfere with its highly professional smear jobs…

….Actually, nobody has a right to be more angry at the Rothschild clique than their fellow Jews…

….The Rothschild empire helped finance Adolf Hitler.””

George J. Laurer an employee of the Rothschilds controlled IBM, invents the UPC (Universal Product Code) barcode which will eventually be placed upon every item traded worldwide and bear the number, 666.  The Book of Revelation, Chapter 13, Verse 17 through 18, states the following in relation to this number,

“And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.Here is wisdom.  Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.”

The whole Satanic aims of the Rothschilds are now in full view of the world, everything bought or sold carries the mark of the beast, 666.N. M. Rothschild & Sons British Newfoundland Corporation, Churchill Falls project in Newfoundland, Canada, is completed.

N. M. Rothschild & Sons also create a new asset management part of the company which traded worldwide. This eventually became, Rothschild Private Management Limited.

Edmond de Rothschild, a great-grandson of Jacob (James) Mayer Rothschild, bought the cru bourgeois estate of Château Clarke in Bordeaux.

1976:  Ashkenazi Jew, Harold Rosenthal, aide to Ashkenazi Jew, Senator Jacob Javits, states,

“Most Jews do not like to admit it, but our god is Lucifer.”

1978: Ashkenazi Jew, Stephen Bryen, then a Senate Foreign Relations Committee staffer, is overheard in a Washington D.C. hotel offering confidential documents to top Israeli military officials.Bryen obtains a lawyer, Nathan Lewin, and the case heads for the grand jury, but is mysteriously dropped. Bryen later goes to work for Richard Perle.

1979: The Egyptian-Israeli peace treaty in 1979 was underwritten by United States aid which pledged $3 billion annually to Israel from the United States taxpayer (not even a drop in the ocean when you consider the amount they make off the Federal Reserve).

Shin Bet (the Israeli internal security agency) tries to penetrate the US Consulate General in Jerusalem through a “Honey Trap”, using a clerical employee who was having an affair with a Jerusalem girl.

Baron and Baroness Phillipi de Rothschild in a joint venture with Robert Mondavi, begin the construction of a pyramid in Napa Valley, California, where the leader/founder of the Church Of Satan, Ashkenazi Jew, Anton LaVey, was based. This is known as Opus 1 (which means, the first work), and the front for this temple is that it is a winery.

1980: The global phenomenon of privatisation starts. The Rothschilds are behind this from the very beginning in order to seize control of all publicly owned assets worldwide.

1981: Banque Rothschild is nationalised by the French government. The new bank is called, Compagnie Européenne de Banque. The Rothschilds subsequently set up a successor to this French bank, Rothschild & Cie Banque (RCB), which goes on to become a leading French investment house.

1982:  From September 16 to 18, future Prime Minister of Israel and then Defence Minister, Ashkenazi Jew, Ariel Sharon, orchestrates Israel’s invasion of Lebanon, which provided ariel lighting in order to facilitate the killing of between 1000 and 2000 men, women and children in the Sabra and Shatila massacres.

1985: Eustace Mullins publishes, “Who Owns The TV Networks,” in which he reveals the Rothschilds have control of all three major U.S. Networks, which are: NBC; CBS; and ABC.

The New York Times reports the FBI is aware of at least a dozen incidents in which American officials transferred classified information to the Israelis, quoting (former Assistant Director of the F.B.I.) Raymond Wannal. The Justice Department does not prosecute.

Richard Smyth, the owner of MILCO, is indicted on charges of smuggling nuclear timing devices to Israel.

N. M. Rothschild & Sons advise the British government on the privatisation of British Gas. They subsequently advise the British government on virtually all of their other privatisations of state owned assets including: British Steel; British Coal; all the British regional electricity boards; and all the British regional water boards.

A British MP heavily involved in these privatisations is future Chancellor of the Exchequer, Norman Lamont, a former Rothschild banker.

1986: Mordechai Vanunu a technician at Dimona, Israel’s nuclear installation, from 1976 to 1985, discovers that the plant was secretly producing nuclear weapons.

His conscience made him speak out and in 1986 he provided the London Sunday Times with the facts and photos they used to tell the world about Israel’s nuclear weapons programme.

His evidence showed that Israel had stockpiled up to 200 nuclear warheads, with no debate or authorisation from it own citizens. On 30th September 1986, Vanunu was lured from London to Rome. There he was kidnapped, drugged and shipped to Israel.

After a secret trial he was sentenced to 18 years for, “treason,” and, “espionage,” (something Israel are very familiar with) though he had received no payment and had communicated with no foreign power.

He goes on to be held in complete isolation for 11 years, only allowed occasional visits from his family, lawyer and a priest, conducted through a metal screen. Although he completes his sentence, the Israeli government continues to hold him against his will.

1987: Edmond de Rothschild creates the World Conservation Bank which is designed to transfer debts from third world countries to this bank and in return those countries would give land to this bank. This is designed so the Rothschilds can gain control of the third world which represents 30% of the land surface of the Earth.

On April 24 the Wall Street Journal reveals the, “Role of Israel in Iran-Contra Scandal Won’t be Explored in Detail by Panels.”

1988: The ADL initiate a nationwide competition for law students to draft anti-hate legislation for minority groups.  That competition is won by a man named, Joseph Ribakoff, whose thesis proposes that not only must hate motivated violence be banned, but also any words which stimulate: supiscion; friction; hate; and possible violence, these must also be criminalised.

This ADL prize-winning paper suggests that not only should state-agencies monitor and restrict free speech in general, but they should also censor all films that criticize identifiable groups.  Furthermore, even if the person making the statement can justify it, for example Christians criticizing homosexuality because the bible expressly forbids it, Ribakoff asserts that the truth is to be no defence in court.

The only proof a court will need in order to secure a conviction of hate speech is that something has been said, and a minority group or member of such group has felt emotionally damaged as a result of such criticism.  Therefore, under these proposals which the ADL will have forced into law all over the world less than 15 years later, Jesus Christ would have been arrested as a hate criminal.

This law is designed to protect the Rothschild conspiracy from being revealed in that if you criticize the Rothschilds criminal cabal, you will be targeted as anti-semitic, and thus risk imprisonment.

Philippe de Rothschild dies.

1989: Many of the satellite states in Eastern Europe, through the influence of Glasnost, become more open in their demands of freedom from Communist governance in their Republics.

Many revolutions happen in 1989, most of them involving the overthrow of their respective Communist governments and the replacement of them with Republics.

Thus, the hold the Communists had over Eastern Europe (the Iron Curtain) becomes very weak. Eventually, as a result of Perestroika and Glasnost, Communism collapses, not only in the Soviet Union but also in Eastern Europe.

In Russia, Boris Yeltsin (whose wife is the daughter of Joseph Stalin’s marriage to Rosa Kaganovich) and the Republican government takes steps to end the power of the Communist party by suspending and banning the party and seizing all their property.

This symbolised the fall of Communism in Russia, and resulted in the start of a mass exodus of 700,000 Jews from the former Soviet Union to Israel.

In the Israeli Journal, Hotam (24 November 1989), there is a report of a speech that then Israeli Deputy Foreign Minister, Ashkenazi Jew, Binyamin Netanyahu, gave to students at Bar Ilan University in which he states,

“Israel should have exploited the repression of the demonstrations in China, when world attention focused on that country, to carry out mass expulsions among the Arabs of the territories.”

The London and Paris Rothschilds announce the launch of a new subsidiary, Rothschild GmbH, in Frankfurt, Germany.1991:  Following the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait on August 2, 1990, on January 16 of this year the United States and Britain began an aerial bombing campaign of targets within Iraq.  On 24 February the ground campaign commenced which was to last 100 hours until on February 28 when a horrendous war crime occurred.

This crime was the slaughter of 150,000 Iraqi troops with fuel air bombs.  These Iraqis were fleeing on a crowded highway from Kuwait to Basra.  President George Herbert Walker Bush ordered United States military aircraft and ground units to kill these surrendering troops, they were then bulldozed into mass unmarked graves in the desert, some still alive.

President Bush then ordered a cessation of hostilities.  What was the significance of this slaughter and President Bush declaring the war over on this day?  Well it was the day the, “Day of Purim,” fell on this year.  This the day the Jews celebrate their victory over Ancient Babylon, now based within the borders of Iraq and a day when the Jews are encouraged to get bloody revenge against their perceived enemies.

At the Bilderberg Conference on June 6 to 9 of this year, in Baden-Baden, Germany, David Rockefeller (a Rothschild) made the following statement,

“We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Time Magazine, and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost 40 years.  It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world, if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during those years.But the world is now more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government.  The super-national sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practised in past centuries.”

1992: In March, former Federal Reserve Board Chairman, Paul A. Volker became Chairman of the European banking firm, J. Rothschild, Wolfensohn and Co.Stephen Bryen, caught offering confidential documents to Israel in 1978, is serving on board of the pro-Israeli Jewish Institute for National Security Affairs while continuing as a paid consultant, with security clearance, on exports of sensitive US technology.

“The Samson Option,” by Seymour M. Hersh reports,

“Illicitly obtained intelligence was flying so voluminously from LAKAM (a secret Israeli intelligence unit, a Hebrew acronym for Scientific Liaison Bureau) into Israeli intelligence that a special code name, JUMBO, was added to the security markings already on the documents. There were strict orders, Ari Ben-Menashe recalled, “Anything marked JUMBO was not supposed to be discussed with your American counterparts.”

The Wall Street Journal reports that Israeli agents apparently tried to steal Recon Optical Inc’s top-secret airborne spy-camera system.On September 16th Britain’s pound collapses when currency speculators led by Rothschild agent, Ashkenazi Jew, George Soros, borrow pounds and sell them for Deutsche Marks, in the expectation of being able to repay the loan in devalued currency and to pocket the difference.

This results in the British Chancellor of the Exchequer, Norman Lamont, announcing a rise in interest rates of 5% in one day and as a result drives Britain into a recession which lasts many years as large numbers of businesses fail and the housing market crashes.

This is right on cue for the Rothschilds, after they had privatised Britain’s state owned assets during the 1980’s, driven the share price up, and then collapsed the markets so they could buy them up for pennies on the pound, a carbon copy of what Nathan Mayer Rothschild did to the British economy 180 years before, in 1812.

It cannot be overstated that the Chancellor of the Exchequer at that time, Norman Lamont, prior to becoming a MP, was a Merchant Banker with N. M. Rothschild and Sons, who he joined after reading Economics at Cambridge.

1993: Norman Lamont leaves the British government to return to N. M. Rothschild and Sons as a director, after his mission to collapse the British economy to profit the Rothschilds is accomplished.

Former Congressman, Paul Findley publishes his seminal book, Deliberate Deceptions: Facing the Facts About the U.S. Israeli Relationship.

In this book he lists the 65 United Nations Member Resolutions against Israel from the period 1955 to 1992, and the 30 United States vetoes on Israel’s behalf which if not made would have seen Israel have 95 resolutions against them at this point.

No matter, even with Israel’s puppet the United States helping them terrorise others, the 65 Resolutions passed against Israel are more than all the Resolutions passed against all other countries combined.

Not that Israel care too much about the views of the United Nations when you consider that less than two weeks after Israel’s attack on the USS Liberty (an attack designed to sink the Liberty and blame it on Egypt prompting the USA into a war with Egypt on behalf of Israeli Lies, remember the Mossad motto, “By Way Of Deception, Thou Shalt Do War”), the Israeli Foreign Minister, Aba Eban, stated of the United Nations,

“If the General Assembly were to vote by 121 votes to 1 in favor of, “Israel,” returning to the armistice lines (pre June 1967 borders), “Israel,” would refuse to comply with the decision,” New York Times – 19 June 1967.

The ADL is caught operating a massive spying operation on critics of Israel, Arab-Americans, the San Francisco Labor Council, ILWU Local 10, Oakland Educational Association, NAACP, Irish Northern Aid, International Indian Treaty Council, the Asian Law Caucus and the San Francisco Police.Data collected was sent to Israel and in some cases to South Africa. Pressure from Jewish organizations forces the city to drop the criminal case, but the ADL settles a civil lawsuit for an undisclosed sum of cash.

1995: Former atomic energy scientist, Dr Kitty Little claims the Rothschilds now control 80% of the world’s uranium supplies giving them a monopoly over nuclear power.

The Defense Investigative Service circulates a memo warning US military contractors that,

“Israel aggressively collects (US) military and industrial technology.”

The report stated that Israel obtains information using,

“ethnic targeting, financial aggrandizement, and identification and exploitation of individual frailties,” of US citizens.

1996: A General Accounting Office report, “Defense Industrial Security: Weaknesses in US Security Arrangements With Foreign-Owned Defense Contractors,” found that according to intelligence sources, “Country A,” (identified by intelligence sources as Israel, Washington Times, 22 February 1996),

“conducts the most aggressive espionage operation against the United States of any US ally.”
A pdf file of the report is here:
www.gao.gov/archive/1996/ns96064.pdfAn unformated text version is here:
http://fas.org/man/gao/gao9664.htm

The Jerusalem Post (30 August 1996) quoted the report,

““Classified military information and sensitive military technologies are high-priority targets for the intelligence agencies of this country.”

The report described, “An espionage operation run by the intelligence organization responsible for collecting scientific and technologic information for (Israel) paid a US government employee to obtain US classified military intelligence documents.”The Washington Report on Middle East Affairs (Shawn L. Twing, April 1996) noted that this was,

“a reference to the 1985 arrest of Jonathan Pollard, a civilian US naval intelligence analyst who provided Israel’s LAKAM espionage agency an estimated 800,000 pages of classified US intelligence information.”
www.washington-report.org/backissues/0496/9604014.htm

The GAO report also noted that, “Several citizens of (Israel) were caught in the United States stealing sensitive technology used in manufacturing artillery gun tubes.”

An Office of Naval Intelligence document, “Worldwide Challenges to Naval Strike Warfare” reported that,

“US technology has been acquired (by China) through Israel in the form of the Lavi fighter and possibly SAM (surface-to-air) missile technology.”

Jane’s Defense Weekly (28 February 1996) noted that, “until now, the intelligence community has not openly confirmed the transfer of US technology (via Israel) to China.”  The report noted that this, “represents a dramatic step forward for Chinese military aviation.” (Flight International, 13 March 1996).Amschel Rothschild, 41, is strangled with the heavy cord of his own towel robe in his hotel room in Paris. French Prime Minister orders the French Police to close their investigation, and, Rupert Murdoch, born of a Jewish mother and so a Jew by Ashkenazi standards, instructs his editors and news managers around the world to report it as a heart attack, if they need to report it at all.

On 12 May United Nations Ambassador and Ashkenazi Jew, Madeleine Albright, when appearing on 60 Minutes, was asked the following by correspondent Lesley Stahl, in reference to the years of United States led economic sanctions against Iraq,

“We have heard that half a million children have died. I mean, that is more children than died in Hiroshima. And, you know, is the price worth it?”

To which Ambassador Albright replied,

“I think that is a very hard choice, but the price, we think, the price is worth it.”

Her comments cause no public outcry.  In fact, the holocaust of half a million Iraqi children is positively admired by the United States government when you consider less than 8 months later, President Clinton appointed Albright as secretary of state.  Whilst appearing before the Senate Committee, who were considering her appointment, Albright is literally chomping at the bit for the blood of more Iraqi children and she states,

“We will insist on maintaining tough UN sanctions against Iraq unless and until that regime complies with relevant Security Council resolutions.”

1997: An Army mechanical engineer, Ashkenazi Jew, David A. Tenenbaum, “inadvertently,” gives classified military information on missile systems and armored vehicles to Israeli officials (New York Times, 20 February 1997).The Washington Post reports US intelligence has intercepted a conversation in which two Israeli officials had discussed the possibility of getting a confidential letter that then-Secretary of State Warren Christopher had written to Palestinian leader Yasser Arafat.

One of the Israelis, identified only as, “Dov,” had commented that they may get the letter from, “Mega,” the code name for Israel’s top agent inside the United States.

US ambassador to Israel, Martin Indyk, complains privately to the Israeli government about heavy-handed surveillance by Israeli intelligence agents.

Israeli agents place a tap on Ashkenazi Jew and daughter of a Rabbi, Monica Lewinsky’s, phone at the Watergate and record phone sex sessions between her and President Bill Clinton. The Ken Starr report confirms that Clinton warned Lewinsky their conversations were being taped and ended the affair. Interestingly, at the same time, the FBI’s hunt for, “Mega,” is called off.

On 29 October Edmond de Rothschild dies in Geneva. Interestingly on the exact same day Anton Szandor LaVey, the founder of the Church of Satan also dies, who in his book, “Satan Speaks,” he states in relation to The Protocols Of The Elders Of Zion,

“The first time I read the Protocols of the Elders of Zion, my instinctive reaction was, So what’s wrong with THAT? Isn’t that the way any master plan should work? Doesn’t the public deserve – nay, demand – such despotism?”

Kofi Annan becomes Secretary General to the United Nations. He is married to Nane Lagergren, a Rothschild, who he wed in 1984.1998: The European Central Bank is set up in Frankfurt, the city from which the Rothschilds originate.

2000: George W. Bush is elected (so they tell me) President of the United States. Bush and his family claim to be descendants of the House of Plantagenet which is descended from the Royal House of Judah.

2001: On September 11th the attack on the World Trade Center is orchestrated by Israel with the complicity of Britain and America, under the orders of the Rothschilds as a pretext for removing the liberty of people worldwide in exchange for security, just as happened with the Reichstag fire in Germany where the citizens were lied to in order to give up liberty for security.

They also will use the attacks to gain control of the few nations in the world who don’t allow Rothschild central banks and so less than one month after these attacks, US forces attack Afghanistan, one of only 7 nations in the world who don’t have a Rothschild controlled central bank.

Less than a week before the 9-11 attack on 5 September, the so-called lead hijacker Mohamed Atta and several other hijackers made a still-unexplained visit onboard one of Pro Israeli lobbyist, Ashkenazi Jew, Jack Abramoff’s casino boats.

No investigation is undertook as to what they were doing there. It is discovered that US drug agents’ communications have been penetrated. Suspicion falls on two companies, AMDOCS and Comverse Infosys, both owned by Israelis. AMDOCS generates billing data for most US phone companies and is able to provide detailed logs of who is talking to whom.

Comverse Infosys builds the tapping equipment used by law enforcement to eavesdrop on all American telephone calls, but suspicion forms that Comverse Infosys, which gets half of its research and development budget from the Israeli government, has built a back door into the system that is being exploited by Israeli intelligence and that the information gleaned on US drug interdiction efforts is finding its way to drug smugglers.

The investigation by the FBI leads to the exposure of the largest foreign spy ring ever uncovered inside the United States, operated by Israel. Half of the suspected spies have been arrested when 9-11 happens.

On 9-11, 5 Israelis are arrested for dancing and cheering while the World Trade Towers collapse. Supposedly employed by Urban Moving Systems, the Israelis are caught with multiple passports and a lot of cash.

Two of them are later revealed to be Mossad. As witness reports track the activity of the Israelis, it emerges that they were seen at Liberty Park at the time of the first impact, suggesting a foreknowledge of what was to come. The Israelis are interrogated, and then eventually sent back to Israel.

The owner of the moving company used as a cover by the Mossad agents abandons his business and flees to Israel. The United States Government then classifies all of the evidence related to the Israeli agents and their connections to 9-11.

All of this is reported to the public via a four part story on Fox News by Carl Cameron. Pressure from Jewish groups, primarily AIPAC, forces Fox News to remove the story from their website. Two hours prior to the 9-11 attacks, Odigo, an Israeli company with offices just a few blocks from the World Trade Towers, receives an advance warning via the internet.

The manager of the New York Office provides the FBI with the IP address of the sender of the message, but the FBI does not follow this up. The FBI is investigating 5 Israeli moving companies as possible fronts for Israeli intelligence.

It is revealed that prior to the attack millions of dollars of put options on both American Airlines and United Airlines, were traded.  The FBI have promised to followed the purchasers up, but have never revealed their findings.  That is because this would lead directly to Israel, the state behind the 911 attacks.

Following the World Trade Center attack, anonymous letters containing anthrax are sent to various politicians and media executives.  Like the 9-11 attack this is immediately blamed on Al-Qaeda , until it is discovered that the anthrax contained within those letters is a specific type of weaponized anthrax made by a United States military laboratory.

The FBI then discover that the main suspect for these anthrax letters is a Ashkenazi Jew, Dr. Philip Zack, who had been reprimanded several times by his employers due to offensive remarks he made about Arabs.  Dr. Philip Zack, was caught on camera entering the storage area where he worked at Fort Detrick which is where the Anthrax was kept.  At this point, both the FBI and the mainstream media stopped making any public comments on the case.

Jewish Defence League Chairman since 1985, Ashkenazi Jew, Irv Rubin is jailed for allegedly plotting to bomb a mosque and the offices of a Arab-American congressman.  He dies shortly after slitting his throat in a suicide attempt, before he can be brought to trial.

One week prior to the WTC attack, the Zim Shipping Company moves out of its offices in the WTC, breaking its lease and costing the company $50,000. No reason has ever been given, but Zim Shipping Company is half owned by the State of Israel (The Rothschilds).

On October 3, Israeli Prime Minister, Ariel Sharon, makes the following statement to Ashkenazi Jew, Shimon Peres, as reported on Kol Yisrael radio.

“Every time we do something you tell me America will do this and will do that….I want to tell you something very clear, don’t worry about American pressure on Israel.  We, the Jewish people, control America, and the Americans know it.”

2002: Webster’s Third New International Dictionary (Unabridged), re-printed in 2002, provides a new definition of Anti Semitism which has not been updated since 1956. It reads,

“Anti-Semitism: (1) hostility toward Jews as a religious or racial minority group, often accompanied by social, political or economic discrimination (2) opposition to Zionism (3) sympathy for the opponents of Israel.”

It was definition (2) and (3) that were added in the 2002 edition, just before the USA decide to invade Iraq under orders from the State of Rothschild, I mean Israel.   Also this year, the Prime Minister of Israel, war criminal, Ariel Sharon, orders the massacre in the Jenin refugee camp in the West Bank.  Best get that definition updated to protect these criminals.The DEA issues a report that Israeli spies, posing as art students, have been trying to penetrate US Government offices. Police near the Whidbey Island Naval Air Station in southern Washington State stop a suspicious truck and detain two Israelis, one of whom is illegally in the United States. The two men were driving at high speed in a Ryder rental truck, which they claimed had been used to, “deliver furniture.”

The next day, police discovered traces of TNT and RDX military-grade plastic explosives inside the passenger cabin and on the steering wheel of the vehicle. The FBI then announces that the tests that showed explosives were, “false positived,” by cigarette smoke, a claim test experts say is ridiculous.

Based on an alibi provided by a woman, the case is closed and the Israelis are handed over to INS to be sent back to Israel. One week later, the woman who provided the alibi vanishes.

2003: The United States invade Iraq on 19 March, which this year is the holy, “Day of Purim,” in the Jewish calendar. This, “Day of Purim,” is a day the Jews celebrate their victory over Ancient Babylon, now based within the borders of Iraq, how interesting.

What is also significant is that the previous U.S. led invasion of Iraq ended on the Day of Purim ten years earlier with the slaughter of 150,000 fleeing Iraqis under the current President’s father, George Herbert Walker Bush.  Purim is also the time when the Jews are encouraged to get bloody revenge against their perceived enemies.

Ancient Babylon, I mean Iraq, is now one of six nations left in the world who don’t have a Rothschild controlled central bank. This war is mainly about stealing Iraq’s water supply for Israel and is being fought with the blood of the American military which the State of Rothschild, I mean Israel control.

Israel has always struggled for water, it had to steal the Golan Heights from Syria which provided Israel with one third of its fresh water 36 years before, yet still in Israel water extraction has surpassed replacement by 2.5 billion metres in the last 25 years.

This means the water is far more precious to them than the oil reserves which are the second largest reserves of oil on the planet.

Malaysian Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamed states in a speech,

“Jews rule the world by proxy. They get others to fight and die for them.”

The Police Chief of Cloudcroft stops a truck speeding through a school zone. The drivers turn out to be Israelis with expired passports. Claiming to be movers, the truck contains junk furniture and several boxes.The Israelis are handed over to immigration. The contents of the boxers are not revealed to the public.

Israel deploys assassination squads into other countries, including the United States. The US Government does not protest.

2004: Two years into an investigation of AIPAC’s (The American Israel Public Affairs Committee – the largest political lobbying group in the USA with over 65,000 members whose only purpose is to use the USA for the purposes of Israel) possible role as a spy front for Israel, Ashkenazi Jew, Larry Franklin, a mid-level Pentagon Analyst is observed by the FBI giving classified information to two officials of AIPAC suspected of being Israeli spies.

AIPAC hires lawyer Nathan Lewin to handle their legal defense, the same lawyer who defended suspected Israeli spy Stephen Bryen in 1978. Larry Franklin worked in the Pentagon Office of Special Plans, run by Richard Perle, at the time Perle (who was caught giving classified information to Israel back in 1970) was insisting that Iraq was crawling with weapons of mass destruction requiring the United States to invade and conquer Iraq.

There were no WMDs, of course, and Perle has dumped the blame for the, “bad intelligence,” on George Tenet. But what is known is that the Pentagon Office of Special Plans was coordinating with a similar group in Israel, in Ariel Sharon’s office.

With two suspected Israeli spies (at least) inside the office from which the lies that launched the war in Iraq originated, it appears that the people of the United States are the victims of a deadly hoax, a hoax that started a war using the blood and money of American citizens for the purposes of Israeli oppression.

The leaking of the investigation of AIPAC to the media on August 28th, 2004 gave advance warning to other spies working with Franklin. The damage to the FBI’s investigation was completed when United States Attorney General John Ashcroft ordered the FBI to stop all arrests in the case.

Like the Stephen Bryen case and the hunt for, “Mega,” this latest spy scandal seems destined by officials who have their own secret allegiances to protect, barring a massive public outcry.

Police near the Nuclear Fuel Services plant in Tennessee stop a truck after a three mile chase, during which the driver throws a bottle containing a strange liquid from the cab. The drivers turn out to be Israelis using fake identifications. The FBI refuses to investigate and the Israelis are released.

Two Israelis try to enter Kings Bay Naval Submarine Base, home to eight Trident submarines. The truck tests positive for explosives.

The National Director of the ADL, Abraham H. Foxman, publishes a book entitled, “Never Again?  The Threat Of The New Anti-Semitism,” in which he states that the New Testament’s “lie,” that the ancient Pharisees were responsible for the death of Christ, has been responsible for anti-semitism throughout the millennia and thus the New Testament of the bible is, “hate speech,” and should be censored or banned.

2005: On January 20, President Bush makes the following statement as part of his second inaugural address, “When our Founders declared a new order of the ages.”  This is not true.  The founders did not declare a, “new order of the ages,” President Roosevelt did when in 1933, he put it’s latin translation, “Novus Ordo Seclorum,” on the dollar bill.

On 7 July the London Underground Network is bombed. Israel’s Finance Minister, Binyamin Netanyahu is in London on the morning of the attacks in order to attend an economic conference in a hotel over the underground station where one of the blasts occurred, but stayed in his hotel room instead after he had been informed by Israeli intelligence officials attacks were expected.

There are now only 5 nations on the world left without a Rothschild controlled central bank: Iran; North Korea; Sudan; Cuba; and Libya.

Physics Professor, Stephen E. Jones of Brigham Young University publishes a paper in which he proves the World Trade Center buildings could have only been brought down in the manner they were by explosives.  He receives no coverage in the mainstream media for his scientific and provable claims.

2006: The Edmond De Rothschild Banque, a subsidiary of Europe’s Edmond De Rothschild family bank group in France, becomes the first foreign family bank that has obtained approval of the China Banking Regulatory Commission and entered China’s financial market.

The ADL ruthlessly leans on governments throughout the world to pass hate crimes legislation, as they are scared that the criminal cabal that is Israel and the Rothschilds is being exposed more and more on a daily basis, predominantly on the internet.  Their job is to protect this criminal network and what better way to do it than by passing laws in which anyone who exposes a Jewish criminal becomes a criminal.

David Irving is sentenced to three years in jail in Austria, for denying the holocaust.  It is important to note that the only historical event you can be arrested for questioning is the holocaust.  This is because this has been the Rothschilds greatest weapon in brainwashing YOU, THE STUPID GOY! is that the Jews are so poor and persecuted when in actual fact they control the vast majority of international finance and international corporations throughout the world.
Resources

Here is a link to 6 pages of autographs from the 1929 Zionist congress with some very interesting names on it.
Main page: www.historyforsale.com
Sources

Holy Bible – King James Version

Proofs of a Conspiracy Against All the Religions and Governments of Europe Carried on in the Secret Meetings of Freemasons, Illuminati and Reading Societies – John Robison – 1798

The Life of Napolean – Sir Walter Scott – 1827

Coningsby – Benjamin Disraeli – 1844

The Communist Manifesto – Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels, Martin Malia – 1848

Morals and Dogma of the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite of Freemasonry – Albert Pike – 1872

The Rothschilds, Financial Rulers Of Nations – John Reeves – 1887

The Jews and Modern Capitalism – Werner Sombart – 1911

Great Britain, The Jews, and Palestine – Samuel Landman – 1936

Pawns In The Game – William Guy Carr – 1937

Inside The Gestapo – Hansjurgen Koehler – 1940

Barriers Down – Kent Cooper – 1942

The Mind Of Adolf Hitler – Walter Langer – 1943

The Empire Of The City – E. C. Knuth – 1946

The Jewish State – Theodor Herzl – 1946

The Curious History of the Six-Pointed Star – G. Scholem – 1949

Secrets Of The Federal Reserve – Eustace Mullins – 1952

Tales Of The British Aristocracy – L. G. Pine – 1957

Red Fog Over America – William Guy Carr – 1958

A Jewish Defector Warns America (Spoken Word Recording) – Benjamin H. Freedman – 1961

The Rothschilds – Frederic Morton – 1962

The Illuminati and the Council on Foreign Relations (Spoken Word Recording) – Myron Fagan – 1967

Ben-Gurion: The Armed Prophet – Michael Bar-Zohar – 1967

The Hidden Tyranny – Benjamin Freedman – 1971

None Dare Call It Conspiracy – Gary Allen – 1972

The Gulag Archipelago, Vol. 2, Parts 3 and 4 – Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn – First English translation published 1975.

Wall Street And The Rise Of Hitler – Anthony C. Sutton – 1976

The Rosenthal Document – Walter White, Jr. – 1978

Two Rothschilds And The Land Of Israel – Simon Schama – 1978

The Six Pointed Star – Dr O. J. Graham – 1984

The Last Days In America – Bob Fraley – 1984

Who Owns The TV Networks – Eustace Mullins – 1985

The Samson Option: Israel’s Nuclear Arsenal and American Foreign Policy – Seymour M. Hersh – 1991

A History of the Jews in America – Howard M. Sachar – 1992

Deliberate Deceptions: Facing the Facts About the U.S. Israeli Relationship – Paul Findley – 1993

Descent Into Slavery – Des Griffin – 1994

Bloodlines Of The Illuminati – Fritz Springmeier – 1995

Jewish History, Jewish Religion – Israel Shahak – 1994

Satan Speaks – Anton Szandor LaVey – 1998

The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK – Robert Gaylon Ross – 2001

Never Again?  The Threat Of The New Anti-Semitism – Abraham H. Foxman – 2004

The Elite Don’t Dare Let Us Tell The People – Robert Gaylon Ross – 2004

Codex Magica – Texe Marrs – 2005

 

New World Order
Infowars.com
January 17, 2010

“Money is Power”, or shall we say, “The Monopoly to Create Credit Money and charge interest is Absolute Power”. (Alex James)

Amsel (Amschel) Bauer Mayer Rothschild, 1838:

“Let me issue and control a Nation’s money and I care not who makes its laws”.

Letter written from London by the Rothschilds to their New York agents introducing their banking method into America: “The few who can understand the system will be either so interested in its profits, or so dependent on its favors, that there will be no opposition from that class, while, on the other hand, that great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that Capital derives from the system, will bear its burden without complaint and, perhaps, without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests.”

Nathan Rothschild said to the Commons Secret Committee on the question early in 1819: “In what line of business are you? – Mostly in the foreign banking line. “Have the goodness to state to the Committee in detail, what you conceive would be the consequence of an obligation imposed upon the Bank [of England, which he owned] to resume cash payments at the expiration of a year from the present time? – I do not think it can be done without very great distress to this country; it would do a great deal of mischief; we may not actually know ourselves what mischief it might cause. “Have the goodness to explain the nature of the mischief, and in what way it would be produced? – Money will be so very scarce, every article in this country will fall to such an enormous extent, that many persons will be ruined.”

The director of the Prussian Treasury wrote on a visit to London that Nathan Rothschild had as early as 1817: “.., incredible influence upon all financial affairs here in London. It is widely stated.., that he entirely regulates the rate of exchange in the City. His power as a banker is enormous”.

Austrian Prince Mettemich’s secretary wrote of the Rothschilds, as early as 1818, that: “… they are the richest people in Europe.”

Referring to James Rothschild, the poet Heinrich Heine said: “Money is the god of our times, and Rothschild is his prophet.”

James Rothschild built his fabulous mansion, called Ferrilres, 19 miles north-east of Paris. Wilhelm I, on first seeing it, exclaimed: “Kings couldn’t afford this. It could only belong to a Rothschild!”

Author Frederic Morton wrote that the Rothschilds had: “conquered the World more thoroughly, more cunningly, and much more lastingly than all the Caesars before…”

As Napoleon pointed out: “Terrorism, War & Bankruptcy are caused by the privatization of money, issued as a debt and compounded by interest “- he cancelled debt and interest in France – hence the Battle of Waterloo.

Some writers have claimed that Nathan Rothschild “warned that the United States would find itself involved in a most disastrous war if the bank’s charter were not renewed.” (do you see the similarities here? If you don’t play the game an economic disaster will fall on you and you will be destroyed.)

“There is but one power in Europe and that is Rothschild.” 19th century French commentator.

Lord Rothschild (Rockefellers and Rothschilds’ relatives) in his book The Shadow of a Great Man quotes a letter sent from Davidson on June 24, 1814 to Nathan Rothschild, “As long as a house is like yours, and as long as you work together with your brothers, not a house in the world will be able to compete with you, to cause you harm or to take advantage of you, for together you can undertake and perform more than any house in the world.” The closeness of the Rothschild brothers is seen in a letter from Soloman (Salmon) Rothschild to his brother Nathan on Feb. 28, 1815, “We are like the mechanism of a watch: each part is essential.” (2) This closeness is further seen in that of the 18 marriages made by Mayer Amschel Rothschild’s grandchildren – 16 were contracted between first cousins.

“Centralisation of credit in the hands of the state, by means of a national bank with state capital and an exclusive monopoly.” The Communist Manifesto. In the case of the Bolshevik revolution, Rothschilds/ Rockefellers’ Chase Bank owned the state. In the US, the FED owners “own” the state.

Rothschilds’ favorite saying who along with the Rockefellers are the major Illuminati Banking Dynasties: “Who controls the issuance of money controls the government!”

Nathan Rothschild said (1777-1836): “I care not what puppet is placed on the throne of England to rule the Empire. The man who controls Britain’s money supply controls the British Empire and I control the British money supply.”

Rockefeller is reported to have said: “Competition is a sin”. “Own nothing. Control everything”. Because he wants to centralize control of everything and enslave us all, i.e. the modern Nimrod or Pharaoh.

The Rothschild were behind the colonization and occupations of India and the Rothschild owned British Petroleum was granted unlimited rights to all offshore Indian oil, which is still valid till this day.

“Give me the control of the credit of a nation, and I care not who makes the laws.” The famous boastful statement of Nathaniel Meyer Rothschild, speaking to a group of international bankers, 1912: “The few who could understand the system (cheque, money, credits) will either be so interested in its profits, or so dependent on its favors, that there will be no opposition from that class, while on the other hand, the great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that capital derives from the system, will bear its burdens without complaint, and perhaps without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests.” The boastful statement by Rothschild Bros. of London.

[efoods]These people are the top masterminds and conspired for the creation of illegal FEDERAL RESERVE BANK in 1913: Theodore Roosevelt, Paul Warburg – Representative Of Rothschild, Woodrow Wilson – U.S. President Signed FED Into Act, Nelson W. Aldrich – Representative Of Rockefeller, Benjamin Strong – Representative Of Rockefeller, Frank A. Vanderlip – Representative Of Rockefeller, John D. Rockefeller – Rockefeller Himself, Henry Davison – Representative Of J. P. Morgan, Charles Norton – Representative Of J. P. Morgan.

In the last century, members of the British Fabian Society dynastic banking families in the City of London financed the Communist takeover of Russia. Trotsky in his biography refers to some of the loans from these British financiers going back as far as 1907. By 1917 the major subsidies and funding for the Bolshevik Revolution were co-ordinated and arranged by Sir George Buchanan and Lord Alfred Milner. [no doubt using money from Cecil Rhodes’ South African gold and diamond legacy – Ed] The Communist system in Russia was a “British experiment” designed ultimately to become the Fabian Socialist model for the British takeover of the World through the UN and EU. The British plan to takeover the World and bring in a “New World Order” began with the teachings of John Ruskin and Cecil Rhodes at Oxford University. Rhodes in one of his wills in 1877 left his vast fortune to Lord Nathan Rothschild as trustee to set up the Rhodes Scholarship Program at Oxford to indoctrinate promising young graduates for the purpose, and also establish a secret society [Royal Institute of International Affairs RIIA, which branched into the Round Table, the Bilderbergers, the CFR, the Trilateral, etc — Ed] for leading business and banking leaders around the World who would work for the City to bring in their Socialist World government.

Rothschild appointed Lord Alfred Milner to implement the plan.

Benjamin Freedman (Friedman) said this in 1961, Washington (he was a millionaire insider in international Zionist organizations, friend to 4 US presidents, and was also part of the 117-man strong Zionist delegation at the signing of the Treaty of Versailles in 1919 where Germany was forced into bankruptcy to the Zionist BankLords and social chaos): “Two years into WW1, Germany, which was then winning the war, offered Britain and France a negotiated peace deal, but German Zionist groups seeing the opportunity made a deal with Britain to get the United States into the war if Britain promised to give the Zionists Palestine.”

In other words, they made this deal: “We will get the United States into this war as your ally. The price you must pay us is Palestine after you have won the war and defeated Germany, Austria-Hungary, and Turkey.” They made that promise, in October of 1916. And shortly after that — I don’t know how many here remember it — the United States, which was almost totally pro-German because the newspapers and mass communications media here were controlled by the Zionist bankers who owned the major commercial banks and the 12 Federal Reserve Banks (the original Stockholders of the Federal Reserve Banks in 1913 were the Rockefeller’ s, JP Morgan, Rothschild’s, Lazard Freres, Schoellkopf, Kuhn-Loeb, Warburgs, Lehman Brothers and Goldman Sachs, all with roots in Germany’s Zionists like the British Royal family, J.P. Morgan, Carnegie, Bush, Rumsfeld, Clintons, the Nazis that were brought into the CIA, etc. http://land.netonecom.net/tlp/ref/federal_reserve.shtml ) and they were pro-German because they wanted to use Germany to destroy the Czar of Russia and let the Communists whom they funded take over. The German Zionist bankers — Rothschilds, Rockefeller, Kuhn Loeb and the other big banking firms in the United States refused to finance France or England to the extent of one dollar. They stood aside and they said: “As long as France and England are tied up with Russia, not one cent!” They poured money into Germany, fighting with Germany against Russia, to lick the Czarist regime. The newspapers had been all pro-German, where they’d been telling the people of the difficulties that Germany was having fighting Great Britain commercially and in other respects, then after making the deal with the British for Palestine, all of a sudden the Germans were no good. They were villains. They were Huns. They were shooting Red Cross nurses. They were cutting off babies’ hands. And they were no good. The Zionists in London sent cables to the US, to Justice Brandeis: “Go to work on President Wilson. We’re getting from England what we want. Now you go to work, and you go to work on President Wilson and get the US into the war.” And that did happen. Shortly after President Woodrow Wilson declared war on Germany.

The power of the Rothschild family was evidenced on 24 Sept 2002 when a helicopter touched down on the lawn of Waddedson Manor, their ancestral home in Buckinghamshire, England. Out of the helicopter strode Warren Buffet, – touted as the second richest man in the World but really a lower ranking player- and Arnold Schwarzenegger (the gropinator), at that time a candidate for the Governorship of California. Also in attendance at this two day meeting of the World’s most powerful businessmen and financiers hosted by Jacob Rothschild were James Wolfensohn, president of the World Bank and Nicky Oppenheimer, chairman of De Beers. Arnold went on to secure the governorship of one of the biggest economies on the planet a year later. That he was initiated into the ruling class in the Rothschilds’ English country manor suggests that the centre of gravity of the three hundred trillion dollar cartel is in the U.K. and Europe not the U.S.

A recent article in the London Financial Times indicates why it is impossible to gain an accurate estimate of the wealth of the trillionaire bankers. Discussing the sale of Evelyn Rothschild’s stake in Rothschild Continuation Holdings, it states: …[this] requires agreement on the valuation of privately held assets whose value has never been tested in a public market. Most of these assets are held in a complex network of tax-efficient structures around the World.

Queen Elizabeth II’s shareholdings remain hidden behind Bank of England Nominee accounts. The Guardian newspaper reported in May 2002 … “the reason for the wild variations in valuations of her private wealth can be pinned on the secrecy over her portfolio of share investments. This is because her subjects have no way of knowing through a public register of interests where she, as their head of state, chooses to invest her money. Unlike the members of the Commons and now the Lords, the Queen does not have to annually declare her interests and as a result her subjects cannot question her or know about potential conflicts of interests…” In fact, the Queen even has an extra mechanism to ensure that her investments remain secret – a nominee company called the Bank of England Nominees. It has been available for decades to the entire World’s current heads of state to allow them anonymity when buying shares. Therefore, when a company publishes a share register and the Bank of England Nominees is listed, it is not possible to gauge whether the Queen, President Bush or even Saddam Hussein is the true shareholder.

By this method, the trillionaire masters of the universe remain hidden whilst Forbes magazine poses lower ranking billionaires like Bill Gates and Warren Buffett as the richest men in the World. Retired management consultant Gaylon Ross Sr, author of Who’s Who of the Global Elite, has been tipped from a private source that the combined wealth of the Rockefeller family in 1998 was approx (US) $11 trillion and the Rothschilds (U.S.) $100 trillion. However something of an insider’s knowledge of the hidden wealth of the elite is contained in the article, “Will the Dollar and America Fall Down on August 19?..” on page 1 of the 12th July 2001 issue of Russian newspaper Pravda. The newspaper interviewed Tatyana Koryagina, a senior research fellow in the Institute of Macroeconomic Researches subordinated to the Russian Ministry of Economic Development (Minekonom) on the subject of a recent conference concerning the fate of the U.S. economy:

Koryagina: The known history of civilization is merely the visible part of the iceberg. There is a shadow economy, shadow politics and also a shadow history, known to conspirologists. There are [unseen] forces acting in the World, unstoppable for [most powerful] countries and even continents.

Ashley Mote (EU): “Mr President, I wish to draw your attention to the Global Security Fund, set up in the early 1990s under the auspices of Jacob Rothschild. This is a Brussels-based fund and it is no ordinary fund: it does not trade, it is not listed and it has a totally different purpose. It is being used for geopolitical engineering purposes, apparently under the guidance of the intelligence services.” “I have previously asked about the alleged involvement of the European Union’s own intelligence resources in the management of slush funds in offshore accounts, and I still await a reply. To that question I now add another: what are the European Union’s connections to the Global Security Fund and what relationship does it have with European Union institutions? “Recently, Ashley Mote of the European Union (EU) asked this volatile question in a public EU meeting, a question never answered, as Mr. Mote, merely by asking this question, was immediately scratched from the White House Christmas card list and placed on its top ten hit list. The Illuminati’s cash cow, grazing freely on the World wide pasture of greenbacks, isn’t called “Elsie” but instead is called the Global Security Fund, a name actually meaning in the secret cult’s language Global Terrorist Fund. In simple terms, it’s a gigantic illegal trust fund, estimated by undercover overseas financial investigators at 65 trillion dollars, set-up for “Illuminati rainy days” and established when it is desperately needed in a pinch for bribery, assassinations and sponsoring World wide terrorist activities to divert attention from their banking mafia. Although the fund is cloaked in secrecy and made possible by the Western civilization’ s Federal Reserve banking system, investigators trying to pry into the Illuminati’s secret treasure trove have uncovered some interesting facts.

 

 

The Motives of Persecution: Power

~ DC ~ Leave a comment

 

 

The simple truth is that the beliefs I hold today are just as dangerous as the beliefs held by people who were persecuted in earlier eras and I predict that the imminent attacks upon me will be astoundingly similar in tacit and logic despite the nature and content of my thoughts are different.  The similarity of the logical arguments against you are always the same when a powerful adversary tries to diminish and control your thought, diminish and control your impact on others, or in the extreme cases, end your life.  Look behind the curtains for the men responsible for killing our beloved leaders not wishing to do the biding of their masters.

You need only to control the leadership of a nation, to control the masses below them to do what you ask of them to do.

Examples of historical religious and non-religious persecutions have reigned over the planet since the birth of cultures:

  • The early Christian persecutions from the Roman empire
  • Ironically the scientific persecution of Copernicus, Galileo, and others by the Vatican
  • The persecution of modern archeologists that find anomalous data outside the realm of Darwin’s theories are subjected to career suicide within the ivory towers
  • The persecutions of citizens from Stalin to Hitler
  • Charlemagne’s pagan persecution
  • Constantine’s persecution of Hellenites
  • Martin Luther’s anti-Semitism
  • The Salem Witchcraft Trials
  • The erosion of the US Constitution and the leadership allegations upon its citizenry labeled as domestic terrorists

As you can see, religious persecution is nothing more than an oppressive act.  If it were meant for all people to believe the same things…would we not have been created with the same brains?  How long will it take for those in positions of power to understand that eventually the subjects of their oppression will grow tired of being victimized?  How long will it take those being victimized to find a way to break free?

For so long, so many people have been robbed of so many freedoms.  If one man wasn’t better than another because of the color of his skin; can he be better than him because of his faith?  There are two themes that seem to be prevalent in almost every religion known to man; love and peace. How much peace can there be if one man can’t love another, simply based on which or how many God’s they serve? Is anyone’s God really happy with their behavior towards another human being? Most of all, does anyone really believe they’re guaranteeing their place in their faith’s Eden by exhibiting what can clearly be called hatred?

Religious persecution is a common occurrence in the history of man.  Being abused, mistreated or even killed for having a difference in religious beliefs, connections or lack of them, is all too common; even in many lands today.  One’s religious views can be seen as a direct extension of their moral fiber.  When it comes to some cultures, this can become a significant issue.

Many things can result in religious persecution, especially in lands where the State imposes its views on citizens.  Anyone bold enough to publicize their opposing views is often criticized, shunned and even viewed as a threat to that States security.  Socially, demeaning the religious view of any group can lead to violent uprisings, at the least. Unfortunately, the violence that religious persecution has led to in many lands has become so bad that it can be referred to as a human rights issue.

The persecution of Christians began almost immediately after Jesus’ resurrection and ascension.  The Jewish leaders persecuted the Christians because they claimed Jesus was God the Messiah.  The leaders refused to accept that a carpenter from Nazareth was their long-awaited King.  A young Jewish scholar known as Saul of Tarsus orchestrated one of the most severe persecutions of Christians. He held the cloaks of those who stoned Stephen, the first Christian martyr (Acts 7:54–60).  Saul of Tarsus later became known as the apostle Paul who was converted to Christianity while traveling to Damascus to persecute the Christians who were hiding there.

From Nero to Domitian
Nero’s persecution of the early Christians pales in comparison to what they experienced during the reign of the Roman emperor Domitian (ca. A.D. 95).  Then, for more than a century, the Roman emperors committed heinous acts against the Christians, ranging from the cruel to the horrific. They burned their biblical books; exiled and imprisoned them; confiscated their property; sentenced them to work in the mines (which meant almost certain death); pitched them in tar and set them on fire; butchered them and fed them to wild beasts; and crucified them.
The early Christians knew that they could be put to death for possessing Scripture. This didn’t frighten them, but they obviously had an interest in hiding the biblical books. Because of this, the early church researched and investigated the Bible canon once again.
Persecutions Ended by Constantine
The persecution finally ended when the Roman Emperor Constantine became a Christian. He issued the Edict of Milan in A.D. 313, which allowed the church to collect and reaffirm their Scriptures once again. With the persecutions behind them, the church, through councils, debates, and writings, concentrated on the authenticity of their biblical canon.

 

 

What is interesting is that today we find a resurgence in the Christian persecutions, but this time it is the scientific reversal from that earlier age.  Now Christianity is under attack not only by the largely corrupted Darwinian scientific community, but it is also under attack from within our own nation from the secular realms.  The object of disenfranchisement is to create a problem for there to be a solution.  A solution that has been certified by them for the approval of a world consensus.   If we strip the values of a country from the people, if we degrade the educational systems, if we seize ownership and nationalize the free market industries,  if we funnel the mass media news information through fewer corporate lenses that are owned by the very powerful, then a picture emerges if looked at carefully.  The dumbing down of American schools has been underway for decades from “No child left behind” to “Common core” practices.  Test results over the last century have unequivocally proven this statement.  Shutting down a once free thinking society by injecting disinformation, and misinformation to confuse them along with seizing the internet under so called “net neutrality” laws will continue to sequester the free speech and information that the propagandists have initiated and segregated.  The reasons our politicians work toward dismantling the current regime is so that their masters can begin another one.

Two Views of History

There are two fundamental ways to view history.  We call one the catastrophic or accidental view of history. We call the other view the conspiratorial view of history.

Accidental History

In the catastrophic or accidental view of history we are led to believe that historical events, such as wars and revolutions were the direct result of some sudden or surprising event.  While the catastrophic view is accurate for weather, volcanoes and earthquakes, it does not always provide a realistic view of humanity and events influenced by man.

Young, malleable American and other Western minds are sadly taught the Accidental view of history in the government school systems.  This view is reinforced throughout their lives by the controlled mass media.  As a result, when most discover the Conspiratorial View of History, the immediate reaction is shock, disbelief and a refusal to accept something other than they’ve been taught to believe.

Conspiratorial History

Conspiratorial history studies that part of history that is a product of man’s planning. In conspiratorial history we are led to believe that events, such as wars and revolutions, are the result of planned events.  While the conspiratorial view is not accurate for weather, volcanoes and earthquakes, it is a realistic and accurate view of the interrelationship of man and nations.  Since the planning for most of these events was done in secret, we use the term conspiratorial history.  That is; this history is the result of plans constructed in secret, which by definition is a conspiracy.

Interestingly enough, the Conspiratorial View of History is also the Biblical View of History.  Try Psalms 2 for starters.*

I believe that current world events are not simply circumstantial, but the result of an organized campaign by an elite group of unseen and widely unknown world leaders. Their goal is to exercise absolute dictatorial control over the world, to establish a New World Order.

The Cause of War

Wars start when one nation moves into the territory of another; depressions occur when markets take unexpected downturns; inflations occur when prices are driven up by shortages; revolutions start when the people, always spontaneously, rise up to overthrow the existing government.

These are the traditional explanations of historical events.  Events happen by accident; there do not seem to be any causes.

But this explanation of history leaves gnawing questions in the minds of serious students.  Is it possible that government leaders and others planned these events and then orchestrated them to their desired conclusions?  Is it possible that even the great catastrophes of history were part of this plan?

There is an explanation of historical events that answers these questions in the affirmative. It is called the Conspiratorial View of History and it is the alternative to the Accidental View, the view that is commonly held today.  It is possible, therefore, to summarize the major events of history into two alternative schools of thought:

The Accidental View of History:

Historical events occur by accident, for no clear reason. Rulers are powerless to intervene.

The Conspiratorial View of History:

Historical events occur by design for reasons that are not generally made known to the public, but are well-known to those in power at the time.

Franklin D. Roosevelt who certainly saw many monumental events occur during his consecutive administrations has been quoted as saying: “In politics, nothing happens by accident.  If it happens, it was planned that way.”

If harmful events are planned, it follows that the people who were about to suffer through the scheduled event would act to prevent the event from occurring if they knew about it in advance. The people expect government to protect them from harmful events.

But if the events still occur after the government officials had been expected to prevent them, the government officials have failed in their assigned duties. There are only two explanations as to why they failed:

  1. The events overwhelmed them, and could not have been prevented; or
  2. The events were allowed to occur because the officials wanted them to occur.

It is difficult for the casual observer to believe that World War I and World War II could not have been prevented, as humane people of conscience do not allow harmful events to occur.

If a planned and unwanted event is allowed to happen, those who planned the event would have to have acted in secret so as to prevent discovery of their plans by those who would be adversely affected.

Planners working in secret to plan an event that the people do not wish to occur are, by definition, members of a conspiracy. Webster’s defines conspiracy as a “combination of people, working in secret, for an evil or unlawful purpose.”

Not only must the Conspirators work in secret, they must make every effort to make sure that their plans are not made public. The first task of a conspiracy, then, becomes that of convincing the people that the conspiracy itself does not exist.

This makes the task of uncovering the machinations of the conspiracy all the more difficult.

Conspiracies Exposed

There are three ways of exposing a Conspiracy:

  1. One is for any of the participants in the conspiracy to break with it and to expose his or her involvement. This takes an extremely courageous individual, and that type of exposure is indeed rare.
  2. The second group of exposers are those who have unknowingly participated in a conspiratorial planning of an event but who didn’t realize it until later. These individuals, and there aren’t many in the history of the world, have also exposed the inner workings of the conspiracy at great peril to themselves.
  3. The third method of exposing a conspiracy is for researchers to uncover conspiratorial designs in the events of the past.  If you’re interested in this field of study I’m sure you’ve come across many such sources who expose conspiracies.

Many Scholars have a belief that a conspiracy does indeed exist, and that it is extremely large, deeply entrenched, and therefore extremely powerful.  It is working to achieve absolute and brutal rule over the entire human race by using wars, depressions, inflations and revolutions to further its aims.  The Conspiracy’s one unchanging purpose has been to destroy all religion, all existing governments, and all traditional human institutions, and to build a New World Order out of the wreckage they have created.

Notice that if the Conspiracy does exist, it will do everything it can to deny the charges of both those who seek to expose it and those who claim to have been a part of it.

“Three hundred men, all of whom know one another, direct the economic destiny of Europe and choose their successors from among themselves.”  vWalter Rathenau, who in 1909 controlled German General Electric.

“Fifty men have run America and that’s a high figure.”   Joseph Kennedy, the father of the late president John Kennedy.

“There does exist, and has existed for a generation, an international Anglophile network which operates, to some extent, in the way the radical Right believes the Communists act.  In Fact, this network, which we may identify as the Round Table Groups, has no aversion to cooperating with the Communists, or any group, and frequently does so.”

“I know of the operations of this network because I have studied it for twenty years and was permitted for two years, in the early 1960’s, to examine its papers and secret records.”    Dr. Carroll Quigley, a professor of History at Georgetown University’s Foreign Service School, author of Tragedy & Hope.

What Motivates the Conspiracy?

The ultimate purpose of this Conspiracy is power. There are some who desire this more than even material goods, although the two frequently go together.

“Rose Kennedy (the wife of Joseph Kennedy) knew that the man she loved loved a power beyond the power of money.  He wanted the power of government, and he would have it.”  Pearl Buck author of The Kennedy Women.

The Conspiracy, then, needs conspirators, and it is logical to ask why illustrious men of wealth and fortune would join such an enterprise.

“The answer is quite the reverse of the question: These men (involved with the Conspiracy) became illustrious primarily because they were part of the Conspiracy.”  Blair Coan, author of The Red Web.

So those involved do not become rich and/or illustrious and then join the Conspiracy; they become rich and illustrious because they are members of the Conspiracy.

But what is their motive?  What prompts men to seek wealth and position?

“When a person has all the money he needs, his goal becomes power.”   Former Congressman John Schmitz.

“There are two passions which have a powerful influence on the affairs of men.  These are… love of power and love of money…. When united… they have the most violent effects.”   Benjamin Franklin

However, power itself has a corrupting influence on those who seek it.  In an oft-quoted truth.  Lord Acton explained power thus: “Power corrupts; absolute power corrupts absolutely.”

Those who seek power will be corrupted by it.  They will be willing to intentionally cause depressions, revolutions, and wars in order to further their desire for more power.  This corrupting nature of the very pursuit of power explains why the moral mind of the individual who neither desires power over others nor understands the desire for such power cannot fathom why power-seekers would want to create human misery through wars, depressions, and revolutions.

In other words, the conspirators are successful because the moral citizen (you and I) cannot accept the conclusion that other individuals would actually wish to create incredibly destructive acts against their fellow citizens.

Another power seeker, the Russian anarchist Bakunin, explained that this process of corruption even affected those dedicated to freedom who were given power to protect the powerless.  He wrote that “… the possession of power transformed into a tyrant even the most devoted friend of liberty.”

“Power is the end.  What other delight is there but to enjoy the sheer sense of control? Let me see any other motive in the people who command.”   Richard J. Whalen, author of The Founding Father, speaking of Joseph Kennedy.

So the motive of the Conspirators has been identified:  It is Power!

With thanks to Ralph Epperson, author of The Unseen Hand, An Introduction to the Conspiratorial View of History.

* Psalm 2
1 Why do the nations conspire
and the peoples plot in vain?
2 The kings of the earth take their stand
and the rulers gather together
against the LORD
and against his Anointed One.
3 “Let us break their chains,” they say,
“and throw off their fetters.”

Let us now examine and look at Albert Pike.

 

Picture of Albert PikeAlbert Pike was born on December 29, 1809, in Boston, and was the oldest of six children born to Benjamin and Sarah Andrews Pike.  He studied at Harvard, and later served as a Brigadier-General in the Confederate Army. After the Civil War, Pike was found guilty of treason and jailed, only to be pardoned by fellow Freemason President Andrew Johnson on April 22, 1866, who met with him the next day at the White House.  On June 20, 1867, Scottish Rite officials conferred upon Johnson the 4th to 32nd Freemasonry degrees, and he later went to Boston to dedicate a Masonic Temple.

Pike was said to be a genius, able to read and write in 16 different languages, although I cannot find a record anywhere of what those languages were.  In addition, he is widely accused of plagiarism, so take with a pinch of salt.   At various stages of his life we was a poet, philosopher, frontiersman, soldier, humanitarian and philanthropist.  A 33rd degree Mason, he was one of the founding fathers, and head of the Ancient Accepted Scottish Rite of Freemasonry, being the Grand Commander of North American Freemasonry from 1859 and retained that position until his death in 1891.  In 1869, he was a top leader in the Knights of the Ku Klux Klan.

Incidentally, Freemasonry itself is a fascinating subject and I could devote an entire website to it.  Simon Gray, a Freemason, has compiled a stunning amount of information on Freemasonry that I recommend for anyone who wants to learn more about it.

Pike was said to be a Satanist, who indulged in the occult, and he apparently possessed a bracelet which he used to summon Lucifer, with whom he had constant communication.  He was the Grand Master of a Luciferian group known as the Order of the Palladium (or Sovereign Council of Wisdom), which had been founded in Paris in 1737.  Palladism had been brought to Greece from Egypt by Pythagoras in the fifth century, and it was this cult of Satan that was introduced to the inner circle of the Masonic lodges.  It was aligned with the Palladium of the Templars.  In 1801, Issac Long, a Jew, brought a statue of Baphomet (Satan) to Charleston, South Carolina, where he helped to establish the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite.  Long apparently chose Charleston because it was geographically located on the 33rd parallel of latitude (incidentally, so is Baghdad), and this council is considered to be the Mother Supreme Council of all Masonic Lodges of the World.

Pike was Long’s successor, and he changed the name of the Order to the New and Reformed Palladian Rite (or Reformed Palladium).  The Order contained two degrees:

  • Adelph (or Brother), and
  • Companion of Ulysses (or Companion of Penelope).

Pike’s right-hand man was Phileas Walder, from Switzerland, who was a former Lutheran minister, a Masonic leader, occultist, and spiritualist.  Pike also worked closely with Giusseppe Mazzini of Italy (1805-1872) who was a 33rd degree Mason, who became head of the Illuminati in 1834, and who founded the Mafia in 1860. Together with Mazzini, Lord Henry Palmerston of England (1784-1865, 33rd degree Mason), and Otto von Bismarck from Germany (1815-1898, 33rd degree Mason), Albert Pike intended to use the Palladian Rite to create a Satanic umbrella group that would tie all Masonic groups together.

Albert Pike died on April 2, 1891, and was buried in Oak Hill Cemetery, although the corpse of Pike currently lies in the headquarters of the Council of the 33rd degree of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry in Washington, D.C.  (see The Deadly Deception, by Jim Shaw – former 33rd degree Mason and Past Master of all Scottish Rite bodies.)

 

Albert Pike received a vision, which he described in a letter that he wrote to Mazzini, dated August 15, 1871.  This letter graphically outlined plans for three world wars that were seen as necessary to bring about the One World Order, and we can marvel at how accurately it has predicted events that have already taken place.

Pike’s Letter to Mazzini

It is a commonly believed fallacy that for a short time, the Pike letter to Mazzini was on display in the British Museum Library in London, and it was copied by William Guy Carr, former Intelligence Officer in the Royal Canadian Navy.  The British Library has confirmed in writing to me that such a document has never been in their possession.  Furthermore, in Carr’s book, Satan, Prince of this World, Carr includes the following footnote:

“The Keeper of Manuscripts recently informed the author that this letter is NOT cataloged in the British Museum Library.  It seems strange that a man of Cardinal Rodriguez’s knowledge should have said that it WAS in 1925”.

It appears that Carr learned about this letter from Cardinal Caro y Rodriguez of Santiago, Chile, who wrote The Mystery of Freemasonry Unveiled.

To date, no conclusive proof exists to show that this letter was ever written.  Nevertheless, the letter is widely quoted and the topic of much discussion.

Following are apparently extracts of the letter, showing how Three World Wars have been planned for many generations.

“The First World War must be brought about in order to permit the Illuminati to overthrow the power of the Czars in Russia and of making that country a fortress of atheistic Communism. The divergences caused by the “agentur” (agents) of the Illuminati between the British and Germanic Empires will be used to foment this war.  At the end of the war, Communism will be built and used in order to destroy the other governments and in order to weaken the religions.” 2

Students of history will recognize that the political alliances of England on one side and Germany on the other, forged between 1871 and 1898 by Otto von Bismarck, co-conspirator of Albert Pike, were instrumental in bringing about the First World War.

“The Second World War must be fomented by taking advantage of the differences between the Fascists and the political Zionists.  This war must be brought about so that Nazism is destroyed and that the political Zionism be strong enough to institute a sovereign state of Israel in Palestine.  During the Second World War, International Communism must become strong enough in order to balance Christendom, which would be then restrained and held in check until the time when we would need it for the final social cataclysm.” 3

After this Second World War, Communism was made strong enough to begin taking over weaker governments.  In 1945, at the Potsdam Conference between Truman, Churchill, and Stalin, a large portion of Europe was simply handed over to Russia, and on the other side of the world, the aftermath of the war with Japan helped to sweep the tide of Communism into China.

(Readers who argue that the terms Nazism and Zionism were not known in 1871 should remember that the Illuminati invented both these movements.  In addition, Communism as an ideology, and as a coined phrase, originates in France during the Revolution.  In 1785, Restif coined the phrase four years before revolution broke out.  Restif and Babeuf, in turn, were influenced by Rousseau – as was the most famous conspirator of them all, Adam Weishaupt.)

“The Third World War must be fomented by taking advantage of the differences caused by the “agentur” of the “Illuminati” between the political Zionists and the leaders of Islamic World.  The war must be conducted in such a way that Islam (the Moslem Arabic World) and political Zionism (the State of Israel) mutually destroy each other. Meanwhile the other nations, once more divided on this issue will be constrained to fight to the point of complete physical, moral, spiritual and economical exhaustion…We shall unleash the Nihilists and the atheists, and we shall provoke a formidable social cataclysm which in all its horror will show clearly to the nations the effect of absolute atheism, origin of savagery and of the most bloody turmoil. Then everywhere, the citizens, obliged to defend themselves against the world minority of revolutionaries, will exterminate those destroyers of civilization, and the multitude, disillusioned with Christianity, whose deistic spirits will from that moment be without compass or direction, anxious for an ideal, but without knowing where to render its adoration, will receive the true light through the universal manifestation of the pure doctrine of Lucifer, brought finally out in the public view.  This manifestation will result from the general reactionary movement which will follow the destruction of Christianity and atheism, both conquered and exterminated at the same time.” 4

Since the terrorist attacks of Sept 11, 2001, world events, and in particular in the Middle East, show a growing unrest and instability between Modern Zionism and the Arabic World.  This is completely in line with the call for a Third World War to be fought between the two, and their allies on both sides.  This Third World War is still to come, and recent events show us that it is not far off.

World War Three in Brief

A Three World War scenario was developed several decades ago (see Conspiratorial History).  Two World Wars have already been achieved, and the Third and final World War envisions an attack on Iraq, Iran and/or Syria as being the trigger to set the entire Middle East into fiery conflagration.  Once America is firmly entrenched into the Middle East with the majority of her first-line units, North Korea is to attack South Korea.  Then, with America’s forces stretched well beyond the limit, China is to invade Taiwan.  This will usher in the start of World War III.

World War Definition:

What constitutes a ‘world war’? How many countries need to be involved?  And who decides at which point a number of regional skirmishes can be grouped together and called a World War?  At the time, who called the official start of World War I and World War II?

And have you noticed that although the term ‘World War Three’ is freely used in the alternative press and on the Internet, all the major news networks have stoically avoided using any phrase reminiscent of World War.

Since it’s difficult to find a definition for an event which has only happened twice in modern history, here’s my attempt at an answer to the question ‘what constitutes a world war’?

A World War is a military conflict spanning more than 2 continents, in which at least 20 major countries participate in an attack against a common enemy, and which has the attention of the man-in-the-street due to the significant loss of life.

With that definition, we can agree that WW I and WW II were in fact World Wars (both wars involved some degree of participation from most of the world’s then existing countries: Britain, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the United States and the Soviet Union).  We can also agree that we are very close to achieving World War III.  The only requirement left to fulfill the start of WW III is that of a military conflict spanning more than 2 continents.  As soon as Israel attacks Palestine, or North Korea attacks South Korea or the US, or China invades Taiwan, we will have the next World War well underway.

World War III Timeline

These are, I believe, the stages of the planned Third World War:

  • Prelude – The events leading up to the start of World War  III, including Sept 11, 2001.
  • Act 1 – The Middle East.  Widespread conflict to bring the entire region into the flames of war, possibly triggered by Iran or militants in Pakistan using North Korean supplied nuclear arms.  The first Scene in this Act is the US Invasion of Iraq on March 20, 2003.
  • Act 2 – Israel at War — Against her Arab neighbors, possibly Palestine.  A Palestinian State will be established, so that all Israelis will be fully separated from Palestinians, only for Israel-Arab peoples to viciously be conflicted shortly thereafter.
  • Act 3 – Far East — “Hair-raising nuclear confrontation that threatens mankind’s existence” – Peter Lemesurier, author of The Armageddon Script, p. 223, written in 1981.  Includes China invading Taiwan and a nuclear eruption on the Korean Peninsula.
  • Act 4 – Erosion of Confidence in ‘The System’ so severe citizens will be panicked into giving up liberties and Constitutional form of government.  The plan calls for the dissolution of the US Constitution, triggered by a significant enough ‘terrorist’ attack.  The ultimate intent is to introduce a global government and one-world religion.
  • Act 5 – The collapse of the US, and other Western economies and morals.  The police state enacted hence the need and use of FEMA camps around the country.
  • Act 6 – Significant population reduction using natural and man-made disasters.  Agenda 21, Codex Alimentarius.
  • Curtain.  Who can tell how this war will end?

Both Biblical prophecy and the Illuminati plan state that Israel is the key.  The Third World War is planned to begin when Israel goes to war against her Arab enemies. Then, and only then, will all the other elements begin to occur and they will do so in rapid succession.  The plan is to have one disaster following another in such rapid succession that, before people can mentally and emotionally handle one disastrous news event, they will be hit with another.  It is also accurate to say that until ALL of the elements for WW III are in place, the plan will not commence.

While it would be naive to suggest a specific timeline for the events leading up to and including World War III, we do know that the plans for World War III are well advanced, and our leaders involved in this secret plan are waiting only for the right signal before all-out war begins.

We are in the last stages of the preparation to so globalize the world that the Masonic New Age Christ (Antichrist) can appear to receive all the political and economic power of the world’s rulers.  This is the Illuminati plan and Biblical prophecy (Revelation 17:12-17).

Occam’s razor just may explain why our legislation has outcomes that justify the grand design of the Illuminati plans.  Look at the creation and foundation of the League of Nations, or now the newer and improved United Nations organizations to see commonalities of the master plans.

 

With thanks to threeworldwars.com newsletter , source material on Albert Pike and WW III.

http://www.threeworldwars.com/world-war-3/ww3.htm

The Phoenix

~ DC ~ 8 Comments

 

φοῖνιξ

   G31

Bennu HumaGaruda
Phoenix

It’s interesting to note that ancient cultures must have had similar experiences when devising this myth from what I presume out of their own desires and thus assign the sentiment with mythological cadence that is still prevalent in cultures today.  Consider our use of the comic book, and the characters in these stories.  Part entertainment, part wonderment, with the only difference that we now can monetize these ideas and sell them for money.  We are only following a tradition that has been going on for a millennia and probably longer.  Challenging the human condition by testing the boundaries of our abilities often played out in the Olympic fields of Greece, as well as an understanding of the limitations of the human being. We are mortal, and we have always known that.

The verbal traditions of story-telling may be lost to many of us today simply because those traditions died out many, many generations ago.  Prior to the written languages, we spoke and told stories to others to pass on knowledge, culture, and tradition.  The only remaining evidence we have of what they have thought are only in ancient texts, and thus written accounts of these mythologies are all we have left since nothing else exits.

To bring about a change in a person, to develop a kind of philosophy that can motivate someone to rise up out of the ashes from a former existence is a powerful talisman that many would like to employ to reach a new beginning and start again from a foiled past.  One must think of what is possible.  One must align with a rejuvenated sense of themselves to enact and embark on a new path that allows them to achieve planned goals.  The desire to reinvent themselves leaving behind them the dead weight which had possibly bogged them down and hindered their personal growth from a shadowy past is a very strong motivator if it led to the creation of an anthropomorphic myth.  In these times I’m sure that it was probably a matter of life or death, when facing some challenging goal against another tribe, country, or nation.  One can only wonder the kind of ethic that operated during ancient times when the myth’s were conceived and told.

Questing to overcome obstacles and reexamining our strategy can bring about newer ideas on how we can master these impediments.  When the paradoxical question of an unstoppable force meets an immovable object comes to mind in our accounts of life, we are either left to consider that they would surrender to one another, or that it was the cause of our unsuccessfully mastering our former failed plans.  The human mind always considers the boundaries and sometimes it does not.  The paradox arises because it rests on two premises—that there exist such things as irresistible forces and immovable objects—which cannot both be true at once.  If there exists an irresistible force, it follows logically that there cannot be any such thing as an immovable object, and vice versa.  Thus even the ancients were playing language games back in the day.  The thought of exposing oneself revealing their vulnerabilities has persisted in these timeless tales of myth and defines us since we create these extensions of human thought that reach out to us even in this day.  Instead of Zeus, the topic instead may be replaced by the fictions of Marvel comics or movies.

One can argue that the myths and legends were believed and thought to be true by the ancients, whereas, we today know that they are just simple stories for entertainment, but I suggest that this is irrelevant and thus believing in them does not refute the nature of them despite their truthfulness.  The fact that they are conceived in the first place is all that matters, since we as mortal beings define what it is to be human, or god, or superhero.  It does not matter whether we create myth to explain our universe in a language that we can understand prior to a scientific knowledge, but the fact that we still continue to create an explanation given whatever understanding we do have that can make sense out of it continues to define us as human.  Do we not project explanations such as ghosts, spirits, and demons to this day?

However these interpretations affect us, the use of mirth and woe are common in such tales, and we are surely linked by this expressive human idiosyncrasy.  With few exceptions, I don’t believe that a second passes without someone of our kind who does not ponder their relationship to themselves and to the human condition that binds our experience in this world.  This is the quintessential human undertaking that faces us all.  How we choose to deal with it, is up to us.

Egyptian

Bennu –or Heron
Phoenix
in hieroglyphs
G31
G32

The earliest representation of the phoenix is found in the ancient Egyptian Bennu bird, the name relating to the verb “weben,” meaning “to rise brilliantly,” or “to shine.” Some researchers believe that a now extinct large heron was a possible real life inspiration for the Bennu. However, since the Bennu, like all the other versions of the phoenix, is primarily a symbolic icon, the many mythical sources of the Bennu in ancient Egyptian culture reveal more about the civilization than the existence of a real bird.

One version of the myth says that the Bennu bird burst forth from the heart of Osiris. In the more prevalent myths, the Bennu created itself from a fire that was burned on a holy tree in one of the sacred precincts of the temple of Ra.  The Bennu was supposed to have rested on a sacred pillar that was known as the benben-stone. At the end of its life-cycle, the phoenix would build itself a nest of cinnamon twigs that it then ignited; both nest and bird burned fiercely and would be reduced to ashes, from which a new, young phoenix arose.  The new phoenix embalmed the ashes of the old phoenix in an egg made of myrrh and deposited it in the Egyptian city of Heliopolis (“the city of the sun” in Greek).

The Bennu was pictured as a grey, purple, blue, or white heron with a long beak and a two-feathered crest.  Occasionally it was depicted as a yellow wagtail, or as an eagle with feathers of red and gold.  In rare instances the Bennu was pictured as a man with the head of a heron, wearing a white or blue mummy dress under a transparent long coat. Because of its connection to Egyptian religion, the Bennu was considered the “soul” of the god Atum, Ra, or Osiris, and was sometimes called “He Who Came Into Being by Himself,” “Ascending One,” and “Lord of Jubilees.”  These names and the connection with Ra, the sun god, reflected not just the ancient Egyptian belief in a spiritual continuation of life after physical death, but also reflected the natural process of the Nile River‘s rising and falling, which the Egyptians depended upon for survival. The Bennu also became closely connected to the Egyptian calendar, and the Egyptians kept intricate time measuring devices in the Bennu Temple.

Persian

The Huma, also known as the “bird of paradise,” is a Persian mythological bird, similar to the Egyptian phoenix. It consumes itself in fire every few hundred years, only to rise anew from the ashes.  The Huma is considered to be a compassionate bird and its touch is said to bring great fortune.

The Huma bird joins both the male and female natures together in one body, each sharing a wing and a leg.  It avoids killing for food, rather preferring to feed on carrion. The Persians teach that great blessings come to that person on whom the Huma’s shadow falls.[1]

According to Sufi master Hazrat Inayat Kahn,

The word huma in the Persian language stands for a fabulous bird.  There is a belief that if the huma bird sits for a moment on someone’s head it is a sign that he will become a king.  Its true meaning is that when a person’s thoughts evolve so that they break all limitation, he then becomes a king.  It is the limitation of language that it can only describe the Most High as something like a king.[2]

Greek

The Greeks adapted the word bennu and identified it with their own word phoenix ‘φοινιξ’, meaning the color purple-red or crimson.  They and the Romans subsequently pictured the bird more like a peacock or an eagle.  According to Greek mythology, the phoenix lived in Arabia next to a well.  At dawn, it bathed in the water of the well, and the Greek sun-god Apollo stopped his chariot (the sun) in order to listen to its song.

Detail from mosaic Semis de roses et phénix Louvre Museum, Paris, France

Oriental

The phoenix (known as Garuda in Sanskrit) is the mystical fire bird which is considered as the chariot of the Hindu god Vishnu. Its reference can be found in the Hindu epic Ramayana.

In Tibet, the phoenix is also called Garuda, which means “the bird of life” and is depicted as a conglomerate of the typical brightly colored bird, eagle, and human.[3]

In China, the phoenix is called Feng-huang and symbolizes completeness, incorporating the basic elements of music, colors, nature, as well as the joining of yin and yang.  It is a symbol of peace, and represents fire, the sun, justice, obedience, and fidelity.  The Feng-huang, unlike the phoenix which dies and is reborn, is truly immortal although it only appears in times of peace and prosperity.[4]

Judaism and Christianity

In Judaism, the phoenix is known as Milcham or Chol (or Hol): The story of the phoenix begins in the Garden of Eden when Eve fell, tempted by the serpent to eat the forbidden fruit. According to the Midrash Rabbah, upset by her situation and jealous of creatures still innocent, Eve tempted all the other creatures of the garden to do the same. Only the Chol (phoenix) resisted. As a reward, the phoenix was given eternal life, living in peace for a thousand years and then being reborn from an egg to continue to live in peace again, repeating the cycle eternally (Gen. Rabbah 19:5). Rabbi Shlomo Yitzhaki, better known as Rashi, commented that death has no power over the phoenix, “because it did not taste the fruit from the tree of knowledge.”[5]

The phoenix also appears in the Book of Job: “I shall multiply my days as the Chol, the phoenix” (Job 29:18), again indicating long life if not immortality. This reference, however, is controversial since chol has been translated as phoenix, sand, and palm tree in different versions.[6]

The phoenix became a symbol of Christianity in early literature, either from the ancient Hebrew legend or from the incorporation of Greek and Roman culture, or from a combination of both. In any case, the ideology of the phoenix fit perfectly with the story of Christ. The phoenix’s resurrection from death as new and pure can be viewed as a metaphor for Christ’s resurrection, central to Christian belief. The phoenix is referenced by the early Christian Apostolic Father Clement in The First Epistle of Clement to the Corinthians. Most of the Christian-based phoenix symbolism appears within works of literature, especially in Medieval and Renaissance Christian literature that combined classical and regional myth and folklore with more mainstream doctrine.

In Greek mythology, a phoenix (Greek: φοῖνιξ  phoinix) is a long-lived bird that is cyclically regenerated or reborn.  Associated with the sun, a phoenix obtains new life by arising from the ashes of its predecessor.  The phoenix is a sign of rebirth, The image of the mythological bird rising from the ashes is understood the world over as being a symbol of resurrection.

Meanings known

  • Life
  • Time
  • Magic
  • Purity
  • Clarity
  • Rebirth
  • Renewal
  • Longevity
  • Creativity
  • Protection
  • Immortality
  • Resurrection
  • Reemergence
  • Transformation

According to the Greek historian Herodotus (b: 484 BC), the phoenix was a mythical bird from Ethiopia. It was spectacularly large, beautiful and adorned with mind-blowing plumage. The historian also reported that the phoenix made a nest cypress branches. Rather preparing to lay eggs, the phoenix was preparing to die. While sitting in the nest, the bird created a great deal of heat, and set itself on fire from its own heat with the cypress serving as kindling. After three days, the phoenix emerged from its own ashes – reborn and released from the sentence of death, able to live on forever.

Herodotus may have borrowed some of his impressions about the meaning of the phoenix from the Greek poet, Hesiod, (b: 700 BC) who proclaims the phoenix as a brilliant bird who could outlive nine generations of ravens. That’s about 90,000 years in Hesiod-time.

In Rome, the phoenix was a symbol of the perpetual continuation of the Roman Empire, and the bird was featured on Roman coins as a reminder of the indomitable strength of the Empire. That didn’t pan out too well – the Empire didn’t last forever, but the legend of the phoenix certainly did.

Because of its ability to die and come back to life, the meaning of the phoenix has a foundation of resurrection. To wit, the phoenix was a symbol of Christ in the Middle Ages – specifically, His resurrection – having died on the cross and returned from death in three days, just as the legend of the phoenix.

In Egypt, the meaning of the phoenix is connected with the sun and the Nile. Their version of the phoenix was a Bennu, which was part heron, and part falcon. The Bennu was said to control the cycle of the sun each day. It flew with the sun in its beak, plucking it from its sleeping place at dawn, and putting it to rest at sunset. In this way, the Bennu is symbolic of the daily death and birth of the sun. This symbolic connection is far-reaching, it implies the Bennu affected life and death for the Egyptians, as there would be no food crops without the Bennu establishing the rising and setting of the sun. The Egyptian phoenix continues its life-giving role with the Nile. The Egyptians felt the Bennu was responsible for the annual flooding of the Nile. This flooding was relied upon to sustain agriculture in this region. In short, the Egyptian meaning of the phoenix deals primarily with themes of life and death associated with provision.

In addition to the Nile, the art of alchemy also runs through the land of Egypt. Ancient alchemists employed the Egyptian Bennu in their alchemical rituals concerning life, death and renewal. In alchemical texts, the phoenix is connected with powerful correspondences. Here are a few…

Phoenix Correspondences in Alchemy

  • Direction: South
    Southern symbolism (and hence phoenix symbolism in alchemy) deals with purity, renewal, strength, health and the present moment in time.
  • Element: Fire
    Fire in alchemy is a symbol of transformation, purification, life, creation/creativity, consumption.
  • Celestial: Sun
    Much like fire, the sun’s connection to the phoenix in alchemical practice is akin to the cycle of time and cycles of life. It’s also symbolic of clarity, illumination, immortality and expression.
  • Season: Summer
    The summer season in alchemy is the same for almost every other cultural wisdom. It equates to growth, rejuvenation of the earth, continuation of life, and the symbolic celebration of the strength of the sun after being weakened though winter.
  • Chemical: Sulfur
    Alchemy is a practice that incorporates physical, mental, mythical. Red sulfur and phoenix energy would be simultaneously invoked in ceremonies intended to influence the universal principal of life. The element of sulfur in alchemy is synonymous with the animus (the soul), and is a powerful chemical representative of existence.

In Chinese wisdom, the phoenix is commonly seen in twos, male and female.  But it’s not as simple as gender identification.  Two phoenixes together represent yin and yang.  Now we’re talking about symbolic themes of balance, duality and polarity.  The female meaning of the phoenix deals with yin energy.  Yin phoenix is passive, intuitive, moon, winter.  Conversely the yang (male) phoenix is iconic of assertion, action, sun, summer.  These are just a few of a long list of yin-yang meanings.  As a whole, a dynamic phoenix duo is an emblem of divine, immortal partnership.  In fact, a display (illustration, embroidery, etc) of two phoenixes were commonly extended as a wedding gift.  It was said to be an auspicious gift, insuring a happily-ever-after lived marriage.

Echoes of Civilization: The Debate on Ancient Knowledge

~ DC ~ Leave a comment

Colossus_of_Rhodes

Claims of an esoteric knowledge has been kept from the majority of humankind around the world cultures for countless years according to the research of many accredited scholars.  Researchers have uncovered and postulated the feasible origins and attributes of this ancient knowledge, which currently most of us have been sheltered from it’s insights and are now just coming into the possibility of these ancient realizations.  Researchers and authors like Charles Fort, Zecharia Sitchin, Erich von Däniken, Robert Temple, David Icke, Richard C. Hoagland, Graham Hancock, Robert M. Schoch, Robert Bauval, John Anthony West, Charles Hapgood, and many others have led the way to having a serious discussion on opening a consciousness, and re-questioning our conception of human origins, along with alternative theories into what we now think may be possible.  In recent years, we have expanded our previous understanding, we have introduced new technologies that have advanced our present understandings, having therefore introduced a “secret history of humankind” or an “Alternate view of human history”, which is being questioned, referenced and disclosed to the public to see these interpretations of our human history.  Much controversy has arisen and will contribute to the problematic claims made by some of these authors due to their methods of data collection, the interpretation of this data, and the media sources giving us false information, or disinformation.  This also includes the unpopular scientific community that does not allow for any paradigm shifts within their own fields of study to propagate their own dogmatic theories such as the classic example of Darwinism.

The idea of pre-Deliuvian ancient advanced civilizations has been raised from sources dating back to the Sumerian Texts, The Epic of Gilgamesh, The ancient Vedic Hindu texts, Egyptian Hieroglyphs, The Mayan calendars, as well as the accounts of the Greek philosopher Plato on his reference of the Atlantis tale.  If indeed there has been a history of lost civilizations due to the changes in the earth from past epoch’s and cataclysmic upheavals due to events like magnetic pole shifts or other 26,000 year events inclusive in the Mayan cycles, than we have unprocessed evidence and much to discover again about our human past.

Culture
Civilization
Culture includes religion, art philosophy, literature, music, dance, etc. which brings satisfaction and pleasure to many. It is the expression of final aspects of life.
Civilization includes all those things by means of which some other objective is attained. Type writers, motors, etc. come under this category. Civilization consists of technology or the authority of man over natural phenomenon as well as social technology which control man’s behavior.
Culture is what we are.
Civilization is what we have.
Culture has no standard of measurement because it is an end in itself.
Civilization has a precised standard of measurement. The universal standard of civilization is utility because civilization is a means.
Culture cannot be said to be advancing. It cannot be asserted that the art, literature, thoughts are ideals of today’s and superior to those of past.
Civilization is always advancing. The various constituents of civilizations namely machines, means of transportation, communication, etc. are constantly progressive.
Culture is internal and an end. It is related to internal thoughts, feelings, ideals, values, etc. It is like the soul of an individual.
Civilization is external and a means. It is the means for the expression and manifestation of the grandness, it is like the body of an individual.

The question that continues to evade us….When did we as a society in whole disregard and stop asking the pertinent questions when we were trying to discover the truth about our inquiries?  Media conglomerates have discounted coverage about truly eventful stories, and the Internet hopes to free the world of many of those misinformation evils that we undergo but we still continue to face the unconstitutional NSA activities as seen in the USA.  This is not by accident if you have not been paying attention.  If the evidence is examined well enough, many things just may come to light.  Did we dismiss the explanations of others without further examination?  Is to rely on the account of others for either a lack of concern, interest, or just that it was easier to believe someone Else’s conclusions a likely reason to stop an effort for a greater understanding?  Most importantly, did we stop questioning dogma?

The Piri Re’is Map is only one of several anomalous maps drawn in the 15th Century and earlier which appear to represent better information about the shape of the continents than should have been known at the time. Furthermore, this information appears to have been obtained at some distant time in the past.

Piri Re’is, Ptolomy (2nd Century A.D.), as well as Mercator and Oronteus Finaeus, well-known 15th Century map-makers, included the traditional southern continent in their world maps, as did others. Antarctica was not discovered until the 19th Century, and it was largely unexplored until the middle of the 20th. This is just the start. Anomalous maps also show the Behring Strait as linking Asia and America, river deltas which appear much shorter than they do today, islands in the Aegean which haven’t been above water since the sea-level rise at the end of the ice-age and huge glaciers covering Britain and Scandinavia.  Long dismissed as attempts by cartographers to fill in empty spaces, some of the details of the old maps look very startling when correlated with modern (very mainstream) knowledge of the changes in the Earths’ geography in the geologic past, particularly during the Ice Ages.

The Piri Re’is map is most interesting because of the attribution of the source of its information, and the extraordinary detail of the coastal outlines.

The Piri Re’is map was found in 1929 in the Imperial Palace in Constantinople. It is painted on parchment and dated 919 A.H. (in the Islamic calendar), which corresponds to 1513 AD.  It is signed by an admiral of the Turkish Navy named Piri Ibn Haji Memmed, also known as Piri Re’is. According to Piri Re’is, the map had been assembled from a set of 20 maps drawn in the time of Alexander the Great.

This map and others were analyzed by Charles H. Hapgood and his graduate students. Hapgood was a historian and geographer at the University of New Hampshire, in his book Maps of the Ancient Sea Kings (1966).  Only the conclusions of this book are sensational; for the most part it is a technical monograph on the history and geography of the anomalous maps, employing spherical trigonometry to associate map features with actual geographic locations. This book has recently been republished, and is highly recommended.

The conclusion that Hapgood reached was that a civilization with high seafaring and mapping skills surveyed the entire earth in the ancient past. They left maps which have been copied by hand through many generations.  The Piri Re’is map is a patchwork which has gaps (most notably the Drake Passage between South America and Antarctica) which can be explained as non-overlapping areas between the source maps.  Maps of the Ancient Sea Kings and Hapgood’s other book, The Earth’s Shifting Crust, in which he advanced a theory of polar shifts, are controversial, and earned him the scorn of offical academia.

More evidence has appeared in recent years. Hapgood may yet be vindicated (at least his guess as to the signficance of the anomalous maps). The Piri Re’is map is one of the cornerstones of the growing body of evidence for an unknown Ice Age civilization. Along with this we can include the book Hamlet’s Mill, by De Santillana and von Dechend (1969), and the works of Graham Hancock.

One striking thing about this map is the level of detail of the coasts and interiors in South America. Although the scale is somewhat off, a long, high mountain range is shown as the source of the rivers flowing to the coast of South America.

However, the best-known feature in the Piri Re’is map (and other pre-modern maps) is the Antarctic coastline. In Hapgood and others’ opinions, this represents the outline of the coast of Antarctica without glaciers.

Our modern knowledge of the coastline under the ice was obtained using seismic sounding data from Antarctic expeditions in the 1940s and 50s. Sonar is one way to map the coast under the Antarctic glaciers. The other way would be to have surveyed them when they were ice-free. According to Hapgood, who based the claim on 1949 core samples from the Ross Sea, the last time the particular area shown in the Piri Re’is map was free of ice was more than 6000 years ago. More recent studies show that this may be off by a couple of orders of magnitude. In any case, this geography should have been unknown to the ancients. If this is correct, there are some big mysteries to explain.

A number of writers have rushed in and attempted to do just this. One school of thought about the Piri Re’is map is the ‘Atlantis in Antarctica’ thesis. The chief proponents of this are Rand and Rose Flem-Ath in their book When the Sky Fell, though there are others. The Flem-Aths buy into both Hapgoods’ Sea Kings and Polar shift thesis. In the latter, Hapgood claimed that the inclination of the Earth’s axis of rotation shifted suddenly in the year 9,500 B.C. causing Antarctica to move hundreds of miles to the south. This transformed its climate from semi-temperate to freezing. In contrast to the Sea Kings hypothesis, there is no evidence that a rapid polar shift actually occured at this time and much negative evidence that it didn’t.

There is no scientific explanation for a mechanism which could cause such a global transformation in a matter of hours without completely destroying the crust of the planet.  A planetary collision would be required, of the sort that has not occurred since the early period of planetary formation. If such a collision occured in 9,500 B.C., it is fairly certain that all life on Earth would have been wiped out, which is obviously not the case. While it is not impossible that some instability in the planet could cause the Earth’s axis to change its inclination, this would not occur overnight. Additionally, a polar shift would probably leave an obvious mark in the geomagnetic strata found in sea floor cores, which is not the case.

Much has been made of Einstein’s endorsement of Hapgood’s polar shift theory. This proves nothing, since Einstein was not a geologist. Furthermore, although Einstein’s theories have stood up to rigorous experimental and observational evidence, it’s important to note that he was a human being and wasn’t always right. Part of Einstein’s greatness was his ability to admit his errors.  This author would also postulate that a greater genius of our time would be Nikola Tesla for obvious reasons.

In any case, the Flem-Aths propose that this shift destroyed a hypothetical Antarctic civilization, located somewhere in the present-day Ross penninsula. They attempt (with mixed success) to relate this to Plato’s Atlantis. Unfortunately, proving this would involve doing archaeology under an ice sheet thousands of meters thick. This is an excellent example of ‘extraordinary claims require extraordinary proof’.

One subconscious influence on this may be fantasy writer H.P. Lovecraft’s Cthulhu mythos, which places the abode of the Ancient Gods, R’lyeh, in Antarctica. Lovecraft’s mythos is completly fictional, even if it has resemblances to actual mythologies.

While features suggestive of advanced geographical knowledge are shown in the map itself, the annotations and illustrations paint a different picture. Skeptics will note that the Piri Re’is map of the Antarctic coast, of which so much has been made, is notated as follows:

This country is a waste. Everything is in ruin and it is said that large snakes are found here. For this reason the Portuguese infidels did not land on these shores and these are also said to be very hot.

There are also pictures of some mythical animals in the same vicinity, of which the text reads:

And in this country it seems that there are white-haired monsters in this shape, and also six-horned oxen. The Portuguese infidels have written it in their maps. . . .

This doesn’t invalidate the startling landforms, but does indicate that whoever wrote these notes (presumably Piri Re’is) never actually visited Antarctica. Non-skeptics might argue that when the source map was surveyed there could have been 1) large snakes, 2) unknown varieties of land mammals, as well as a 3) “very hot” climate in Antarctica, but there is no physical evidence that this has ever been the case. This also does not explain the other fanciful illustrations and notations on the map, including a sketch of a red-haired headless man (with his face on his chest) in the Andes area. This takes us out of the realm of the possible into the fantastic, a line which Hapgood was careful not to cross, at least in.

The Ottoman cartographer Piri Reis published navigational maps in his Kitab-ı Bahriye. The work includes an atlas of charts for small segments of the Mediterranean, accompanied by sailing instructions covering the sea. In the second version of the work, he included a map of the Americas. The Piri Reis map drawn by the Ottoman cartographer Piri Reis in 1513, is one of the oldest surviving maps to show the Americas.

 

Related Articles

New Evidence For An Ancient High Tech Civilization

“We look forward to the time when the Power of Love will replace the Love of Power. Then will our world know the blessings of peace.”

William Ewart Gladstone, (1809 – 1898) British Prime Minister four separate times (1868–1874, 1880–1885,  1886 and 1892–1894),  He had also served as Chancellor of the Exchequer four times (1853–1855, 1859–1866, 1873–1874, and 1880–1882).